Repository: envoyproxy/gateway

Issue:
Support channel: stable for gateway-crds-helm chart
*Description*:
>Describe the issue.

The gateway-crds-helm chart only installs gateway API CRDs from the experimental channel today

Add support to opt into installing CRDs from the stable channel


[optional *Relevant Links*:]
>Any extra documentation required to understand the issue.


Discussion:
@zirain: fixed by https://github.com/envoyproxy/gateway/pull/5958?

Solution patch:
diff --git a/.github/workflows/build_and_test.yaml b/.github/workflows/build_and_test.yaml
index 200e7d571..580d2d741 100644
--- a/.github/workflows/build_and_test.yaml
+++ b/.github/workflows/build_and_test.yaml
@@ -127,13 +127,20 @@ jobs:
         target:
         - version: v1.30.10
           ipFamily: ipv4
+          profile: default
         - version: v1.31.6
           ipFamily: ipv4
+          profile: default
         - version: v1.32.3
           ipFamily: ipv6  # only run ipv6 test on this version to save time
+          profile: default
         # TODO: this's IPv4 first, need a way to test IPv6 first.
         - version: v1.33.0
           ipFamily: dual  # only run dual test on latest version to save time
+          profile: default
+        - version: v1.33.0
+          ipFamily: dual  # only run dual test on latest version to save time
+          profile: gateway-namespace-mode
     steps:
     - uses: actions/checkout@11bd71901bbe5b1630ceea73d27597364c9af683  # v4.2.2
     - uses: ./tools/github-actions/setup-deps
@@ -155,6 +162,7 @@ jobs:
         KIND_NODE_TAG: ${{ matrix.target.version }}
         IMAGE_PULL_POLICY: IfNotPresent
         IP_FAMILY: ${{ matrix.target.ipFamily }}
+        KUBE_DEPLOY_PROFILE: ${{ matrix.target.profile }}
         E2E_TIMEOUT: 1h
         NUM_WORKERS: 2
       run: make e2e
diff --git a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/README.md b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/README.md
index 87d5388c7..54998fa96 100644
--- a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/README.md
+++ b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/README.md
@@ -33,5 +33,6 @@ To uninstall the chart:
 | Key | Type | Default | Description |
 |-----|------|---------|-------------|
 | crds.envoyGateway.enabled | bool | `false` |  |
+| crds.gatewayAPI.channel | string | `"experimental"` |  |
 | crds.gatewayAPI.enabled | bool | `false` |  |
 
diff --git a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
similarity index 99%
rename from charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
rename to charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
index 949b95a69..4d4d363e2 100644
--- a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+++ b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-{{- if .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.enabled }}
+{{- if and .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.enabled (or (eq .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.channel "experimental") (eq .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.channel "")) }}
 # Copyright 2025 The Kubernetes Authors.
 #
 # Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
diff --git a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a69b81615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,10613 @@
+{{- if and .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.enabled (eq .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.channel "standard") }}
+# Copyright 2025 The Kubernetes Authors.
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+
+#
+# Gateway API Standard channel install
+#
+---
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: GatewayClass
+    listKind: GatewayClassList
+    plural: gatewayclasses
+    shortNames:
+    - gc
+    singular: gatewayclass
+  scope: Cluster
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
+      name: Controller
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
+      name: Accepted
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    - jsonPath: .spec.description
+      name: Description
+      priority: 1
+      type: string
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
+          Gateway resources.
+
+          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
+          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
+          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
+          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
+          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
+          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
+          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.
+
+          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
+          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
+          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
+          Gateway is not deleted while in use.
+
+          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
+            properties:
+              controllerName:
+                description: |-
+                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
+                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.
+
+                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                type: string
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Value is immutable
+                  rule: self == oldSelf
+              description:
+                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
+                maxLength: 64
+                type: string
+              parametersRef:
+                description: |-
+                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
+                  controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
+                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
+                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.
+
+                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
+                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                  "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific
+                properties:
+                  group:
+                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  kind:
+                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                  name:
+                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    type: string
+                  namespace:
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
+                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - group
+                - kind
+                - name
+                type: object
+            required:
+            - controllerName
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+            description: |-
+              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.
+
+              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
+              specify their controller name.
+            properties:
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
+                  this GatewayClass.
+
+                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
+                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
+      name: Controller
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
+      name: Accepted
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    - jsonPath: .spec.description
+      name: Description
+      priority: 1
+      type: string
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
+          Gateway resources.
+
+          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
+          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
+          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
+          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
+          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
+          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
+          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.
+
+          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
+          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
+          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
+          Gateway is not deleted while in use.
+
+          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
+            properties:
+              controllerName:
+                description: |-
+                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
+                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.
+
+                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                type: string
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Value is immutable
+                  rule: self == oldSelf
+              description:
+                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
+                maxLength: 64
+                type: string
+              parametersRef:
+                description: |-
+                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
+                  controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
+                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
+                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.
+
+                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
+                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                  "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific
+                properties:
+                  group:
+                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  kind:
+                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                  name:
+                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    type: string
+                  namespace:
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
+                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - group
+                - kind
+                - name
+                type: object
+            required:
+            - controllerName
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+            description: |-
+              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.
+
+              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
+              specify their controller name.
+            properties:
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
+                  this GatewayClass.
+
+                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
+                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: Gateway
+    listKind: GatewayList
+    plural: gateways
+    shortNames:
+    - gtw
+    singular: gateway
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
+      name: Class
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
+      name: Address
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
+      name: Programmed
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
+          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
+                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
+                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
+                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
+                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
+                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
+                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
+                  be sent to.
+
+                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
+                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
+                  set of Addresses.
+
+                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
+                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
+                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                items:
+                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
+                    bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
+                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.
+
+                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
+                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+                - message: Hostname values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+              gatewayClassName:
+                description: |-
+                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
+                  GatewayClass resource.
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                type: string
+              infrastructure:
+                description: |-
+                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  annotations:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                      maxLength: 4096
+                      minLength: 0
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
+                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
+                        up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
+                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  labels:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
+                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
+                        label validation rules:
+                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
+                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
+                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+
+                        Valid values include:
+
+                        * MyValue
+                        * my.name
+                        * 123-my-value
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 0
+                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.
+
+                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
+                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
+                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
+                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  parametersRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
+                      controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis
+
+                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
+                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                      "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - group
+                    - kind
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              listeners:
+                description: |-
+                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
+                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
+                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.
+
+                  ## Distinct Listeners
+
+                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
+                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
+                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
+                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
+                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
+                  apply in that case).
+
+                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
+                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.
+
+                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
+                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
+                  they support:
+
+                  HTTPRoute
+
+                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
+                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided
+
+                  TLSRoute
+
+                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough
+
+                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:
+
+                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
+                  Listener**.
+
+                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
+                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
+                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
+                  Listener fields.
+
+                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
+                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
+                  values for other fields.
+
+                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
+                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
+                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
+                  Gateway API spec.
+
+                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
+                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:
+
+                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
+                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port
+
+                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
+                  implementation:
+
+                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
+                    Listeners, and
+                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
+                    Protocol.
+
+                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
+                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.
+
+                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
+                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
+                  accepted.
+
+                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
+                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.
+
+                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname
+
+                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
+                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
+                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.
+
+                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
+                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
+                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
+                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.
+
+                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
+                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
+                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.
+
+                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
+                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.
+
+                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
+                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
+                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.
+
+                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners
+
+                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
+                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
+                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".
+
+                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
+                  purpose of this documentation.
+
+                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
+                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
+                  no Conflicted Listeners.
+
+                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
+                  the following rules:
+
+                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
+                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
+                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
+                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.
+
+                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
+                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
+                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
+                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
+                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
+                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.
+
+                  ## General Listener behavior
+
+                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
+                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
+                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
+                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).
+
+                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
+                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
+                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
+                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.
+
+                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
+                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
+                  conformance tests.
+
+                  ## Compatible Listeners
+
+                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:
+
+                  1. They are distinct.
+                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
+                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
+                     addresses.
+
+                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
+                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
+                  may not be compatible for another.
+
+                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
+                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
+                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.
+
+                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
+                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.
+
+                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
+                    network connections.
+                  properties:
+                    allowedRoutes:
+                      default:
+                        namespaces:
+                          from: Same
+                      description: |-
+                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
+                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
+                        present.
+
+                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
+                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria:
+
+                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
+                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
+                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
+                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
+                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
+                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.
+
+                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
+                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
+                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
+                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
+                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
+                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        kinds:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
+                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
+                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.
+
+                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
+                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
+                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
+                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
+                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          items:
+                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
+                              of a Route resource.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - kind
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 8
+                          type: array
+                        namespaces:
+                          default:
+                            from: Same
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
+                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            from:
+                              default: Same
+                              description: |-
+                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
+                                values are:
+
+                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
+                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
+                                  this Gateway.
+                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              enum:
+                              - All
+                              - Selector
+                              - Same
+                              type: string
+                            selector:
+                              description: |-
+                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              properties:
+                                matchExpressions:
+                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
+                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  items:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                      relates the key and values.
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: key is the label key that the
+                                          selector applies to.
+                                        type: string
+                                      operator:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                        type: string
+                                      values:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                          merge patch.
+                                        items:
+                                          type: string
+                                        type: array
+                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    required:
+                                    - key
+                                    - operator
+                                    type: object
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                matchLabels:
+                                  additionalProperties:
+                                    type: string
+                                  description: |-
+                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  type: object
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                    hostname:
+                      description: |-
+                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
+                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
+                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
+                        matching.
+
+                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
+                        the following protocols:
+
+                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
+                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
+                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
+                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
+                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.
+
+                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
+                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
+                        hostnames within the application protocol.
+
+                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
+                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
+                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
+                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.
+
+                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
+                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
+                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:
+
+                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
+                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
+                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
+                          does not match the Host:
+                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
+                              421.
+                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
+                              404.
+
+                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
+                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
+                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
+                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
+                        documentation.
+
+                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
+                        Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
+                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    protocol:
+                      description: |-
+                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 255
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
+                      type: string
+                    tls:
+                      description: |-
+                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
+                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
+                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".
+
+                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
+                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.
+
+                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
+                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        certificateRefs:
+                          description: |-
+                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
+                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
+                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
+                            associated listener.
+
+                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
+                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.
+
+                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
+                              defaulting to Secret.
+
+                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                              on the containing object.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: ""
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                default: Secret
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "Secret".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                              namespace:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                  namespace is inferred.
+
+                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                  documentation for details.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 64
+                          type: array
+                        mode:
+                          default: Terminate
+                          description: |-
+                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
+                            There are two possible modes:
+
+                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
+                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
+                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
+                              field.
+                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
+                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
+                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
+                              is ignored in this mode.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Terminate
+                          - Passthrough
+                          type: string
+                        options:
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            description: |-
+                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                            maxLength: 4096
+                            minLength: 0
+                            type: string
+                          description: |-
+                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxProperties: 16
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
+                          mode is Terminate
+                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
+                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - protocol
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
+                    'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
+                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
+                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
+                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
+                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
+                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
+                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
+                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
+                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
+                    for each listener
+                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
+                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
+                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
+            required:
+            - gatewayClassName
+            - listeners
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Programmed
+            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
+                  Gateway.
+
+                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
+                  conditions:
+
+                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
+                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
+                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
+                items:
+                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
+                    is bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
+                        on the type and support by the controller.
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - value
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Programmed
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.
+
+                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
+                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
+                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
+                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.
+
+                  Known condition types are:
+
+                  * "Accepted"
+                  * "Programmed"
+                  * "Ready"
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              listeners:
+                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
+                  defined in the Spec.
+                items:
+                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
+                  properties:
+                    attachedRoutes:
+                      description: |-
+                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
+                        successfully attached to this Listener.
+
+                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
+                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
+                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
+                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
+                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
+                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
+                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
+                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
+                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
+                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
+                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.
+
+                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
+                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
+                      format: int32
+                      type: integer
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
+                        listener.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
+                        corresponds to.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    supportedKinds:
+                      description: |-
+                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
+                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
+                        that Listener configuration.
+
+                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
+                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
+                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
+                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
+                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
+                      items:
+                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
+                          a Route resource.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - kind
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                  required:
+                  - attachedRoutes
+                  - conditions
+                  - name
+                  - supportedKinds
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
+      name: Class
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
+      name: Address
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
+      name: Programmed
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
+          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
+                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
+                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
+                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
+                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
+                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
+                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
+                  be sent to.
+
+                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
+                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
+                  set of Addresses.
+
+                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
+                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
+                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                items:
+                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
+                    bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
+                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.
+
+                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
+                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+                - message: Hostname values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+              gatewayClassName:
+                description: |-
+                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
+                  GatewayClass resource.
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                type: string
+              infrastructure:
+                description: |-
+                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  annotations:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                      maxLength: 4096
+                      minLength: 0
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
+                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
+                        up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
+                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  labels:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
+                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
+                        label validation rules:
+                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
+                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
+                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+
+                        Valid values include:
+
+                        * MyValue
+                        * my.name
+                        * 123-my-value
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 0
+                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.
+
+                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
+                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
+                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
+                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  parametersRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
+                      controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis
+
+                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
+                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                      "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - group
+                    - kind
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              listeners:
+                description: |-
+                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
+                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
+                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.
+
+                  ## Distinct Listeners
+
+                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
+                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
+                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
+                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
+                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
+                  apply in that case).
+
+                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
+                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.
+
+                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
+                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
+                  they support:
+
+                  HTTPRoute
+
+                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
+                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided
+
+                  TLSRoute
+
+                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough
+
+                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:
+
+                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
+                  Listener**.
+
+                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
+                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
+                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
+                  Listener fields.
+
+                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
+                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
+                  values for other fields.
+
+                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
+                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
+                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
+                  Gateway API spec.
+
+                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
+                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:
+
+                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
+                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port
+
+                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
+                  implementation:
+
+                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
+                    Listeners, and
+                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
+                    Protocol.
+
+                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
+                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.
+
+                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
+                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
+                  accepted.
+
+                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
+                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.
+
+                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname
+
+                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
+                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
+                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.
+
+                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
+                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
+                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
+                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.
+
+                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
+                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
+                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.
+
+                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
+                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.
+
+                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
+                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
+                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.
+
+                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners
+
+                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
+                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
+                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".
+
+                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
+                  purpose of this documentation.
+
+                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
+                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
+                  no Conflicted Listeners.
+
+                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
+                  the following rules:
+
+                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
+                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
+                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
+                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.
+
+                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
+                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
+                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
+                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
+                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
+                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.
+
+                  ## General Listener behavior
+
+                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
+                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
+                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
+                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).
+
+                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
+                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
+                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
+                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.
+
+                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
+                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
+                  conformance tests.
+
+                  ## Compatible Listeners
+
+                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:
+
+                  1. They are distinct.
+                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
+                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
+                     addresses.
+
+                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
+                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
+                  may not be compatible for another.
+
+                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
+                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
+                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.
+
+                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
+                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.
+
+                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
+                    network connections.
+                  properties:
+                    allowedRoutes:
+                      default:
+                        namespaces:
+                          from: Same
+                      description: |-
+                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
+                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
+                        present.
+
+                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
+                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria:
+
+                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
+                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
+                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
+                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
+                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
+                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.
+
+                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
+                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
+                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
+                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
+                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
+                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        kinds:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
+                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
+                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.
+
+                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
+                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
+                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
+                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
+                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          items:
+                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
+                              of a Route resource.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - kind
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 8
+                          type: array
+                        namespaces:
+                          default:
+                            from: Same
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
+                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            from:
+                              default: Same
+                              description: |-
+                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
+                                values are:
+
+                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
+                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
+                                  this Gateway.
+                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              enum:
+                              - All
+                              - Selector
+                              - Same
+                              type: string
+                            selector:
+                              description: |-
+                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              properties:
+                                matchExpressions:
+                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
+                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  items:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                      relates the key and values.
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: key is the label key that the
+                                          selector applies to.
+                                        type: string
+                                      operator:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                        type: string
+                                      values:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                          merge patch.
+                                        items:
+                                          type: string
+                                        type: array
+                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    required:
+                                    - key
+                                    - operator
+                                    type: object
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                matchLabels:
+                                  additionalProperties:
+                                    type: string
+                                  description: |-
+                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  type: object
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                    hostname:
+                      description: |-
+                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
+                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
+                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
+                        matching.
+
+                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
+                        the following protocols:
+
+                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
+                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
+                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
+                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
+                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.
+
+                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
+                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
+                        hostnames within the application protocol.
+
+                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
+                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
+                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
+                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.
+
+                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
+                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
+                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:
+
+                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
+                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
+                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
+                          does not match the Host:
+                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
+                              421.
+                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
+                              404.
+
+                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
+                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
+                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
+                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
+                        documentation.
+
+                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
+                        Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
+                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    protocol:
+                      description: |-
+                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 255
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
+                      type: string
+                    tls:
+                      description: |-
+                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
+                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
+                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".
+
+                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
+                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.
+
+                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
+                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        certificateRefs:
+                          description: |-
+                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
+                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
+                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
+                            associated listener.
+
+                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
+                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.
+
+                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
+                              defaulting to Secret.
+
+                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                              on the containing object.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: ""
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                default: Secret
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "Secret".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                              namespace:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                  namespace is inferred.
+
+                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                  documentation for details.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 64
+                          type: array
+                        mode:
+                          default: Terminate
+                          description: |-
+                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
+                            There are two possible modes:
+
+                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
+                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
+                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
+                              field.
+                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
+                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
+                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
+                              is ignored in this mode.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Terminate
+                          - Passthrough
+                          type: string
+                        options:
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            description: |-
+                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                            maxLength: 4096
+                            minLength: 0
+                            type: string
+                          description: |-
+                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxProperties: 16
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
+                          mode is Terminate
+                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
+                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - protocol
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
+                    'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
+                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
+                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
+                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
+                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
+                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
+                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
+                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
+                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
+                    for each listener
+                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
+                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
+                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
+            required:
+            - gatewayClassName
+            - listeners
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Programmed
+            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
+                  Gateway.
+
+                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
+                  conditions:
+
+                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
+                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
+                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
+                items:
+                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
+                    is bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
+                        on the type and support by the controller.
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - value
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Programmed
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.
+
+                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
+                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
+                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
+                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.
+
+                  Known condition types are:
+
+                  * "Accepted"
+                  * "Programmed"
+                  * "Ready"
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              listeners:
+                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
+                  defined in the Spec.
+                items:
+                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
+                  properties:
+                    attachedRoutes:
+                      description: |-
+                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
+                        successfully attached to this Listener.
+
+                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
+                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
+                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
+                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
+                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
+                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
+                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
+                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
+                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
+                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
+                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.
+
+                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
+                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
+                      format: int32
+                      type: integer
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
+                        listener.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
+                        corresponds to.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    supportedKinds:
+                      description: |-
+                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
+                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
+                        that Listener configuration.
+
+                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
+                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
+                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
+                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
+                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
+                      items:
+                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
+                          a Route resource.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - kind
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                  required:
+                  - attachedRoutes
+                  - conditions
+                  - name
+                  - supportedKinds
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: GRPCRoute
+    listKind: GRPCRouteList
+    plural: grpcroutes
+    singular: grpcroute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header.
+          Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify
+          where matching requests will be routed.
+
+          GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the
+          following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation
+          supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an
+          implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement
+          unless explicitly indicated.
+
+          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST
+          accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via
+          ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the
+          "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of
+          "UnsupportedProtocol".  Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections
+          with an upgrade from HTTP/1.
+
+          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST
+          support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c,
+          https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial
+          upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge
+          (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation
+          does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False"
+          for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol".
+          Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from
+          HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC
+                  Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches
+                  the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label MUST appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there
+                  MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other
+                    hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by
+                  the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition
+                  with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a
+                  Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other
+                  type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is
+                  non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two
+                  routes, determined by the following criteria, in order:
+
+                  * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                  * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                    "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                  The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of
+                  'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''')) : true))'
+                - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or
+                    more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName))))
+              rules:
+                description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+
+                        See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        GRPCBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+                        Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified.
+                        This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support
+                          GRPCRoute.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        If an implementation cannot support a combination of filters, it must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+                            enum:
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - method:
+                            service: foo.bar
+                          headers:
+                            values:
+                              version: 2
+                        - method:
+                            service: foo.bar.v2
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2`
+                        - service of foo.bar.v2
+
+                        See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions to be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes.
+                        Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of:
+
+                        * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                        * Characters in a matching hostname.
+                        * Characters in a matching service.
+                        * Characters in a matching method.
+                        * Header matches.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence,
+                        matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting
+                        the above criteria.
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given
+                          action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will
+                          evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied.
+
+                          For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service
+                          is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:
+
+                          ```
+                          matches:
+                            - method:
+                              type: Exact
+                              service: "foo"
+                              headers:
+                            - name: "version"
+                              value "v1"
+
+                          ```
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched.
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: Type specifies how to match against
+                                    the value of the header.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is
+                              not specified, all services and methods will match.
+                            properties:
+                              method:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
+                                  match all services.
+
+                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                              service:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
+                                  match any service.
+
+                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                              type:
+                                default: Exact
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method.
+                                  Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be
+                                specified
+                              rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method)
+                                : true'
+                            - message: service must only contain valid characters
+                                (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$)
+                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
+                                has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""):
+                                true'
+                            - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$)
+                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
+                                has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""):
+                                true'
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? (has(self[0].matches) ? self[0].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 1 ? (has(self[1].matches) ? self[1].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? (has(self[2].matches) ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? (has(self[3].matches) ? self[3].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 4 ? (has(self[4].matches) ? self[4].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? (has(self[5].matches) ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? (has(self[6].matches) ? self[6].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 7 ? (has(self[7].matches) ? self[7].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? (has(self[8].matches) ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? (has(self[9].matches) ? self[9].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 10 ? (has(self[10].matches) ? self[10].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? (has(self[11].matches) ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? (has(self[12].matches) ? self[12].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 13 ? (has(self[13].matches) ? self[13].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? (has(self[14].matches) ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? (has(self[15].matches) ? self[15].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) <= 128'
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: HTTPRoute
+    listKind: HTTPRouteList
+    plural: httproutes
+    singular: httproute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
+          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
+          requests should be routed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
+                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
+                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
+                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
+                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.
+
+                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
+                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
+                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
+                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
+                    not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
+                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
+                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
+                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
+                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:
+
+                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                  * Characters in a matching hostname.
+
+                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
+                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''')) : true))'
+                - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or
+                    more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName))))
+              rules:
+                default:
+                - matches:
+                  - path:
+                      type: PathPrefix
+                      value: /
+                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
+                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
+                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
+                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
+                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                requestRedirect:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                    port:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+
+                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                        following rules:
+
+                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                          Listener port.
+
+                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                        header in the following cases:
+
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 65535
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                    scheme:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - http
+                                      - https
+                                      type: string
+                                    statusCode:
+                                      default: 302
+                                      description: |-
+                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      enum:
+                                      - 301
+                                      - 302
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations must support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                      specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - RequestRedirect
+                                  - URLRewrite
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  type: string
+                                urlRewrite:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                        forwarding.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                  type: object
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
+                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
+                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not URLRewrite
+                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                                  filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
+                        they are specified.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
+                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
+                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
+                        that behavior.
+
+                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
+                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
+                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
+                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
+                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
+                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
+                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          requestRedirect:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                              port:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+
+                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                  following rules:
+
+                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                    Listener port.
+
+                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                  header in the following cases:
+
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 65535
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                              scheme:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - http
+                                - https
+                                type: string
+                              statusCode:
+                                default: 302
+                                description: |-
+                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                enum:
+                                - 301
+                                - 302
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations must support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                            enum:
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - RequestRedirect
+                            - URLRewrite
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            type: string
+                          urlRewrite:
+                            description: |-
+                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                  forwarding.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                            type: object
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestRedirect
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not URLRewrite
+                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
+                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
+                          1
+                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      default:
+                      - path:
+                          type: PathPrefix
+                          value: /
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/foo"
+                          headers:
+                          - name: "version"
+                            value: "v2"
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/v2/foo"
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
+                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`
+
+                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
+                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
+                        HTTP request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
+                        given to the match having:
+
+                        * "Exact" path match.
+                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
+                        * Method match.
+                        * Largest number of header matches.
+                        * Largest number of query param matches.
+
+                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
+                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
+                        criteria.
+
+                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
+                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
+                      items:
+                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
+                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
+                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
+                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
+                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
+                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
+                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
+                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+
+                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
+                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
+                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
+                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
+                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.
+
+                                    Support: Core (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
+                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
+                                    determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
+                                    be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
+                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
+                              specified method.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            enum:
+                            - GET
+                            - HEAD
+                            - POST
+                            - PUT
+                            - DELETE
+                            - CONNECT
+                            - OPTIONS
+                            - TRACE
+                            - PATCH
+                            type: string
+                          path:
+                            default:
+                              type: PathPrefix
+                              value: /
+                            description: |-
+                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
+                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
+                            properties:
+                              type:
+                                default: PathPrefix
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.
+
+                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - PathPrefix
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                              value:
+                                default: /
+                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
+                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
+                                'RegularExpression']
+                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
+                                == 'RegularExpression'
+                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
+                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
+                                : true'
+                          queryParams:
+                            description: |-
+                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
+                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
+                              specified query parameters to select the route.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
+                                query parameters.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
+                                    exact string match. (See
+                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.
+
+                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
+                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
+                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
+                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
+                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
+                                    the Gateway API.
+
+                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
+                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.
+
+                                    Support: Extended (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
+                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
+                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 1024
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                    timeouts:
+                      description: |-
+                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        backendRequest:
+                          description: |-
+                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
+                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
+                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
+                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
+                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.
+
+                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
+                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
+                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
+                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        request:
+                          description: |-
+                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
+                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
+                            MUST return a timeout error.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
+                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
+                            to complete.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
+                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
+                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
+                            initiated by the client.
+
+                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
+                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
+                          timeout
+                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
+                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
+                          > duration(self.request))'
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
+                      backendRefs
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
+                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
+                      true'
+                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
+                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
+                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
+                      be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
+                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
+                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
+                      specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
+          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
+          requests should be routed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
+                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
+                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
+                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
+                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.
+
+                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
+                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
+                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
+                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
+                    not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
+                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
+                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
+                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
+                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:
+
+                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                  * Characters in a matching hostname.
+
+                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
+                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''')) : true))'
+                - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or
+                    more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName))))
+              rules:
+                default:
+                - matches:
+                  - path:
+                      type: PathPrefix
+                      value: /
+                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
+                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
+                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
+                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
+                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                requestRedirect:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                    port:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+
+                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                        following rules:
+
+                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                          Listener port.
+
+                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                        header in the following cases:
+
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 65535
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                    scheme:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - http
+                                      - https
+                                      type: string
+                                    statusCode:
+                                      default: 302
+                                      description: |-
+                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      enum:
+                                      - 301
+                                      - 302
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations must support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                      specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - RequestRedirect
+                                  - URLRewrite
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  type: string
+                                urlRewrite:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                        forwarding.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                  type: object
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
+                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
+                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not URLRewrite
+                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                                  filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
+                        they are specified.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
+                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
+                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
+                        that behavior.
+
+                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
+                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
+                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
+                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
+                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
+                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
+                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          requestRedirect:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                              port:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+
+                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                  following rules:
+
+                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                    Listener port.
+
+                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                  header in the following cases:
+
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 65535
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                              scheme:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - http
+                                - https
+                                type: string
+                              statusCode:
+                                default: 302
+                                description: |-
+                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                enum:
+                                - 301
+                                - 302
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations must support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                            enum:
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - RequestRedirect
+                            - URLRewrite
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            type: string
+                          urlRewrite:
+                            description: |-
+                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                  forwarding.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                            type: object
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestRedirect
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not URLRewrite
+                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
+                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
+                          1
+                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      default:
+                      - path:
+                          type: PathPrefix
+                          value: /
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/foo"
+                          headers:
+                          - name: "version"
+                            value: "v2"
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/v2/foo"
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
+                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`
+
+                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
+                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
+                        HTTP request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
+                        given to the match having:
+
+                        * "Exact" path match.
+                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
+                        * Method match.
+                        * Largest number of header matches.
+                        * Largest number of query param matches.
+
+                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
+                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
+                        criteria.
+
+                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
+                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
+                      items:
+                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
+                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
+                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
+                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
+                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
+                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
+                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
+                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+
+                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
+                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
+                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
+                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
+                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.
+
+                                    Support: Core (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
+                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
+                                    determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
+                                    be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
+                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
+                              specified method.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            enum:
+                            - GET
+                            - HEAD
+                            - POST
+                            - PUT
+                            - DELETE
+                            - CONNECT
+                            - OPTIONS
+                            - TRACE
+                            - PATCH
+                            type: string
+                          path:
+                            default:
+                              type: PathPrefix
+                              value: /
+                            description: |-
+                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
+                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
+                            properties:
+                              type:
+                                default: PathPrefix
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.
+
+                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - PathPrefix
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                              value:
+                                default: /
+                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
+                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
+                                'RegularExpression']
+                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
+                                == 'RegularExpression'
+                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
+                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
+                                : true'
+                          queryParams:
+                            description: |-
+                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
+                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
+                              specified query parameters to select the route.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
+                                query parameters.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
+                                    exact string match. (See
+                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.
+
+                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
+                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
+                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
+                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
+                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
+                                    the Gateway API.
+
+                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
+                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.
+
+                                    Support: Extended (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
+                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
+                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 1024
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                    timeouts:
+                      description: |-
+                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        backendRequest:
+                          description: |-
+                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
+                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
+                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
+                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
+                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.
+
+                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
+                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
+                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
+                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        request:
+                          description: |-
+                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
+                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
+                            MUST return a timeout error.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
+                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
+                            to complete.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
+                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
+                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
+                            initiated by the client.
+
+                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
+                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
+                          timeout
+                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
+                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
+                          > duration(self.request))'
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
+                      backendRefs
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
+                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
+                      true'
+                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
+                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
+                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
+                      be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
+                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
+                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
+                      specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: ReferenceGrant
+    listKind: ReferenceGrantList
+    plural: referencegrants
+    shortNames:
+    - refgrant
+    singular: referencegrant
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are
+          trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace
+          as the policy.
+
+          Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship.
+          Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted
+          sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within.
+
+          All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace
+          Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant.
+
+          ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert
+          which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that
+          support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have
+          no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access
+          that the grant allowed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant.
+            properties:
+              from:
+                description: |-
+                  From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the
+                  resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered
+                  to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put
+                  this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and
+                    kinds.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
+                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
+                        support level for this field.
+
+                        When used to permit a SecretObjectReference:
+
+                        * Gateway
+
+                        When used to permit a BackendObjectReference:
+
+                        * GRPCRoute
+                        * HTTPRoute
+                        * TCPRoute
+                        * TLSRoute
+                        * UDPRoute
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  - namespace
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+              to:
+                description: |-
+                  To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources
+                  described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an
+                  additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another
+                  way, entries MUST be combined using OR.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the
+                    references.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
+                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
+                        support level for this field:
+
+                        * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference
+                        * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy
+                        refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local
+                        namespace.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - from
+            - to
+            type: object
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+{{- end }}
diff --git a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.tmpl.yaml b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.tmpl.yaml
index d1433de31..f6f17ccb5 100644
--- a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.tmpl.yaml
+++ b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.tmpl.yaml
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 crds:
   gatewayAPI:
     enabled: false
+    channel: experimental   # Available options: standard, experimental
   envoyGateway:
     enabled: false
diff --git a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.yaml b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.yaml
index d1433de31..f6f17ccb5 100644
--- a/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.yaml
+++ b/charts/gateway-crds-helm/values.yaml
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 crds:
   gatewayAPI:
     enabled: false
+    channel: experimental   # Available options: standard, experimental
   envoyGateway:
     enabled: false
diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod
index 03803c6c9..b424f4806 100644
--- a/go.mod
+++ b/go.mod
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ require (
 	k8s.io/api v0.33.0
 	k8s.io/apiextensions-apiserver v0.33.0
 	k8s.io/apimachinery v0.34.0-alpha.0
+	k8s.io/apiserver v0.33.0
 	k8s.io/cli-runtime v0.33.0
 	k8s.io/client-go v0.33.0
 	k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.130.1
@@ -497,7 +498,6 @@ require (
 	gopkg.in/inf.v0 v0.9.1 // indirect
 	gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.4.0 // indirect
 	honnef.co/go/tools v0.6.1 // indirect
-	k8s.io/apiserver v0.33.0 // indirect
 	k8s.io/component-base v0.33.0 // indirect
 	k8s.io/metrics v0.33.0 // indirect
 	mvdan.cc/gofumpt v0.7.0 // indirect
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/common/proxy_args.go b/internal/infrastructure/common/proxy_args.go
index 98a6aee52..8b490f0b1 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/common/proxy_args.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/common/proxy_args.go
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ func BuildProxyArgs(
 	if bootstrapConfigOptions != nil && bootstrapConfigOptions.IPFamily == nil {
 		bootstrapConfigOptions.IPFamily = getIPFamily(infra)
 	}
+
 	bootstrapConfigOptions.GatewayNamespaceMode = gatewayNamespaceMode
 	bootstrapConfigurations, err := bootstrap.GetRenderedBootstrapConfig(bootstrapConfigOptions)
 	if err != nil {
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/infra.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/infra.go
index 9c460775f..0cde2e2c5 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/infra.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/infra.go
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ type ResourceRender interface {
 // Infra manages the creation and deletion of Kubernetes infrastructure
 // based on Infra IR resources.
 type Infra struct {
-	// Namespace is the Namespace used for managed infra.
-	Namespace string
+	// ControllerNamespace is the namespace where Envoy Gateway is deployed.
+	ControllerNamespace string
 
 	// DNSDomain is the dns domain used by k8s services. Defaults to "cluster.local".
 	DNSDomain string
@@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ func NewInfra(cli client.Client, cfg *config.Server) *Infra {
 	return &Infra{
 		// Always set infra namespace to cfg.ControllerNamespace,
 		// Otherwise RateLimit resource provider will failed to create/delete.
-		Namespace:    cfg.ControllerNamespace,
-		DNSDomain:    cfg.DNSDomain,
-		EnvoyGateway: cfg.EnvoyGateway,
-		Client:       New(cli),
-		logger:       cfg.Logger.WithName(string(egv1a1.LogComponentInfrastructureRunner)),
+		ControllerNamespace: cfg.ControllerNamespace,
+		DNSDomain:           cfg.DNSDomain,
+		EnvoyGateway:        cfg.EnvoyGateway,
+		Client:              New(cli),
+		logger:              cfg.Logger.WithName(string(egv1a1.LogComponentInfrastructureRunner)),
 	}
 }
 
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource.go
index 6dba6e525..fcce7c0e4 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource.go
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func enablePrometheus(infra *ir.ProxyInfra) bool {
 func expectedProxyContainers(infra *ir.ProxyInfra,
 	containerSpec *egv1a1.KubernetesContainerSpec,
 	shutdownConfig *egv1a1.ShutdownConfig, shutdownManager *egv1a1.ShutdownManager,
-	egNamespace, dnsDomain string, gatewayNamespaceMode bool,
+	controllerNamespace, dnsDomain string, gatewayNamespaceMode bool,
 ) ([]corev1.Container, error) {
 	ports := make([]corev1.ContainerPort, 0, 2)
 	if enablePrometheus(infra) {
@@ -108,10 +108,6 @@ func expectedProxyContainers(infra *ir.ProxyInfra,
 	}
 
 	maxHeapSizeBytes := calculateMaxHeapSizeBytes(containerSpec.Resources)
-
-	if gatewayNamespaceMode {
-		egNamespace = config.DefaultNamespace
-	}
 	// Get the default Bootstrap
 	bootstrapConfigOptions := &bootstrap.RenderBootstrapConfigOptions{
 		ProxyMetrics: proxyMetrics,
@@ -120,7 +116,7 @@ func expectedProxyContainers(infra *ir.ProxyInfra,
 			TrustedCA:   filepath.Join("/sds", common.SdsCAFilename),
 		},
 		MaxHeapSizeBytes: maxHeapSizeBytes,
-		XdsServerHost:    ptr.To(fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.svc.%s", config.EnvoyGatewayServiceName, egNamespace, dnsDomain)),
+		XdsServerHost:    ptr.To(fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.svc.%s", config.EnvoyGatewayServiceName, controllerNamespace, dnsDomain)),
 	}
 
 	args, err := common.BuildProxyArgs(infra, shutdownConfig, bootstrapConfigOptions, fmt.Sprintf("$(%s)", envoyPodEnvVar), gatewayNamespaceMode)
@@ -135,11 +131,11 @@ func expectedProxyContainers(infra *ir.ProxyInfra,
 			ImagePullPolicy:          corev1.PullIfNotPresent,
 			Command:                  []string{"envoy"},
 			Args:                     args,
-			Env:                      expectedContainerEnv(containerSpec, gatewayNamespaceMode),
+			Env:                      expectedContainerEnv(containerSpec, controllerNamespace),
 			Resources:                *containerSpec.Resources,
 			SecurityContext:          expectedEnvoySecurityContext(containerSpec),
 			Ports:                    ports,
-			VolumeMounts:             expectedContainerVolumeMounts(containerSpec),
+			VolumeMounts:             expectedContainerVolumeMounts(containerSpec, gatewayNamespaceMode),
 			TerminationMessagePolicy: corev1.TerminationMessageReadFile,
 			TerminationMessagePath:   "/dev/termination-log",
 			StartupProbe: &corev1.Probe{
@@ -197,7 +193,7 @@ func expectedProxyContainers(infra *ir.ProxyInfra,
 			ImagePullPolicy:          corev1.PullIfNotPresent,
 			Command:                  []string{"envoy-gateway"},
 			Args:                     expectedShutdownManagerArgs(shutdownConfig),
-			Env:                      expectedContainerEnv(nil, gatewayNamespaceMode),
+			Env:                      expectedContainerEnv(nil, controllerNamespace),
 			Resources:                *egv1a1.DefaultShutdownManagerContainerResourceRequirements(),
 			TerminationMessagePolicy: corev1.TerminationMessageReadFile,
 			TerminationMessagePath:   "/dev/termination-log",
@@ -288,7 +284,7 @@ func expectedShutdownPreStopCommand(cfg *egv1a1.ShutdownConfig) []string {
 }
 
 // expectedContainerVolumeMounts returns expected proxy container volume mounts.
-func expectedContainerVolumeMounts(containerSpec *egv1a1.KubernetesContainerSpec) []corev1.VolumeMount {
+func expectedContainerVolumeMounts(containerSpec *egv1a1.KubernetesContainerSpec, gatewayNamespaceMode bool) []corev1.VolumeMount {
 	volumeMounts := []corev1.VolumeMount{
 		{
 			Name:      "certs",
@@ -300,11 +296,19 @@ func expectedContainerVolumeMounts(containerSpec *egv1a1.KubernetesContainerSpec
 			MountPath: "/sds",
 		},
 	}
+	if gatewayNamespaceMode {
+		volumeMounts = append(volumeMounts, corev1.VolumeMount{
+			Name:      "sa-token",
+			MountPath: "/var/run/secrets/token",
+			ReadOnly:  true,
+		})
+	}
+
 	return resource.ExpectedContainerVolumeMounts(containerSpec, volumeMounts)
 }
 
 // expectedVolumes returns expected proxy deployment volumes.
-func expectedVolumes(name string, gatewayNamespacedMode bool, pod *egv1a1.KubernetesPodSpec) []corev1.Volume {
+func expectedVolumes(name string, gatewayNamespacedMode bool, pod *egv1a1.KubernetesPodSpec, dnsDomain string) []corev1.Volume {
 	var volumes []corev1.Volume
 	certsVolume := corev1.Volume{
 		Name: "certs",
@@ -335,6 +339,25 @@ func expectedVolumes(name string, gatewayNamespacedMode bool, pod *egv1a1.Kubern
 				},
 			},
 		}
+		saAudience := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.svc.%s", config.EnvoyGatewayServiceName, config.DefaultNamespace, dnsDomain)
+		saTokenProjectedVolume := corev1.Volume{
+			Name: "sa-token",
+			VolumeSource: corev1.VolumeSource{
+				Projected: &corev1.ProjectedVolumeSource{
+					Sources: []corev1.VolumeProjection{
+						{
+							ServiceAccountToken: &corev1.ServiceAccountTokenProjection{
+								Path:              "sa-token",
+								Audience:          saAudience,
+								ExpirationSeconds: ptr.To[int64](3600),
+							},
+						},
+					},
+					DefaultMode: ptr.To[int32](420),
+				},
+			},
+		}
+		volumes = append(volumes, saTokenProjectedVolume)
 	}
 
 	volumes = append(volumes, certsVolume)
@@ -386,16 +409,11 @@ func expectedVolumes(name string, gatewayNamespacedMode bool, pod *egv1a1.Kubern
 }
 
 // expectedContainerEnv returns expected proxy container envs.
-func expectedContainerEnv(containerSpec *egv1a1.KubernetesContainerSpec, gatewayNamespaceMode bool) []corev1.EnvVar {
+func expectedContainerEnv(containerSpec *egv1a1.KubernetesContainerSpec, controllerNamespace string) []corev1.EnvVar {
 	env := []corev1.EnvVar{
 		{
-			Name: envoyNsEnvVar,
-			ValueFrom: &corev1.EnvVarSource{
-				FieldRef: &corev1.ObjectFieldSelector{
-					APIVersion: "v1",
-					FieldPath:  "metadata.namespace",
-				},
-			},
+			Name:  envoyNsEnvVar,
+			Value: controllerNamespace,
 		},
 		{
 			Name: envoyZoneEnvVar,
@@ -407,23 +425,6 @@ func expectedContainerEnv(containerSpec *egv1a1.KubernetesContainerSpec, gateway
 			},
 		},
 	}
-	if gatewayNamespaceMode {
-		env = []corev1.EnvVar{
-			{
-				Name:  envoyNsEnvVar,
-				Value: config.DefaultNamespace,
-			},
-			{
-				Name: envoyZoneEnvVar,
-				ValueFrom: &corev1.EnvVarSource{
-					FieldRef: &corev1.ObjectFieldSelector{
-						APIVersion: "v1",
-						FieldPath:  fmt.Sprintf("metadata.labels['%s']", corev1.LabelTopologyZone),
-					},
-				},
-			},
-		}
-	}
 
 	env = append(env, corev1.EnvVar{
 		Name: envoyPodEnvVar,
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider.go
index 0c8b5e16d..75d639722 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider.go
@@ -46,8 +46,11 @@ const (
 type ResourceRender struct {
 	infra *ir.ProxyInfra
 
-	// namespace is the Namespace used for managed infra.
-	namespace string
+	// envoyNamespace is the namespace used for managed infra.
+	envoyNamespace string
+
+	// controllerNamespace is the namespace used for Envoy Gateway controller.
+	controllerNamespace string
 
 	// DNSDomain is the dns domain used by k8s services. Defaults to "cluster.local".
 	DNSDomain string
@@ -57,9 +60,10 @@ type ResourceRender struct {
 	GatewayNamespaceMode bool
 }
 
-func NewResourceRender(ns, dnsDomain string, infra *ir.ProxyInfra, gateway *egv1a1.EnvoyGateway) *ResourceRender {
+func NewResourceRender(envoyNamespace, controllerNamespace, dnsDomain string, infra *ir.ProxyInfra, gateway *egv1a1.EnvoyGateway) *ResourceRender {
 	return &ResourceRender{
-		namespace:            ns,
+		envoyNamespace:       envoyNamespace,
+		controllerNamespace:  controllerNamespace,
 		DNSDomain:            dnsDomain,
 		infra:                infra,
 		ShutdownManager:      gateway.GetEnvoyGatewayProvider().GetEnvoyGatewayKubeProvider().ShutdownManager,
@@ -72,7 +76,11 @@ func (r *ResourceRender) Name() string {
 }
 
 func (r *ResourceRender) Namespace() string {
-	return r.namespace
+	return r.envoyNamespace
+}
+
+func (r *ResourceRender) ControllerNamespace() string {
+	return r.controllerNamespace
 }
 
 func (r *ResourceRender) LabelSelector() labels.Selector {
@@ -284,7 +292,7 @@ func (r *ResourceRender) Deployment() (*appsv1.Deployment, error) {
 	}
 
 	// Get expected bootstrap configurations rendered ProxyContainers
-	containers, err := expectedProxyContainers(r.infra, deploymentConfig.Container, proxyConfig.Spec.Shutdown, r.ShutdownManager, r.Namespace(), r.DNSDomain, r.GatewayNamespaceMode)
+	containers, err := expectedProxyContainers(r.infra, deploymentConfig.Container, proxyConfig.Spec.Shutdown, r.ShutdownManager, r.ControllerNamespace(), r.DNSDomain, r.GatewayNamespaceMode)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
@@ -322,7 +330,6 @@ func (r *ResourceRender) Deployment() (*appsv1.Deployment, error) {
 					Containers:                    containers,
 					InitContainers:                deploymentConfig.InitContainers,
 					ServiceAccountName:            r.Name(),
-					AutomountServiceAccountToken:  expectedAutoMountServiceAccountToken(r.GatewayNamespaceMode),
 					TerminationGracePeriodSeconds: expectedTerminationGracePeriodSeconds(proxyConfig.Spec.Shutdown),
 					DNSPolicy:                     corev1.DNSClusterFirst,
 					RestartPolicy:                 corev1.RestartPolicyAlways,
@@ -330,7 +337,7 @@ func (r *ResourceRender) Deployment() (*appsv1.Deployment, error) {
 					SecurityContext:               deploymentConfig.Pod.SecurityContext,
 					Affinity:                      deploymentConfig.Pod.Affinity,
 					Tolerations:                   deploymentConfig.Pod.Tolerations,
-					Volumes:                       expectedVolumes(r.infra.Name, r.GatewayNamespaceMode, deploymentConfig.Pod),
+					Volumes:                       expectedVolumes(r.infra.Name, r.GatewayNamespaceMode, deploymentConfig.Pod, r.DNSDomain),
 					ImagePullSecrets:              deploymentConfig.Pod.ImagePullSecrets,
 					NodeSelector:                  deploymentConfig.Pod.NodeSelector,
 					TopologySpreadConstraints:     deploymentConfig.Pod.TopologySpreadConstraints,
@@ -373,7 +380,7 @@ func (r *ResourceRender) DaemonSet() (*appsv1.DaemonSet, error) {
 	}
 
 	// Get expected bootstrap configurations rendered ProxyContainers
-	containers, err := expectedProxyContainers(r.infra, daemonSetConfig.Container, proxyConfig.Spec.Shutdown, r.ShutdownManager, r.Namespace(), r.DNSDomain, r.GatewayNamespaceMode)
+	containers, err := expectedProxyContainers(r.infra, daemonSetConfig.Container, proxyConfig.Spec.Shutdown, r.ShutdownManager, r.ControllerNamespace(), r.DNSDomain, r.GatewayNamespaceMode)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
@@ -537,10 +544,6 @@ func expectedTerminationGracePeriodSeconds(cfg *egv1a1.ShutdownConfig) *int64 {
 	return ptr.To(int64(s))
 }
 
-func expectedAutoMountServiceAccountToken(gatewayNamespacedMode bool) *bool {
-	return ptr.To(gatewayNamespacedMode)
-}
-
 func (r *ResourceRender) getPodSpec(
 	containers, initContainers []corev1.Container,
 	pod *egv1a1.KubernetesPodSpec,
@@ -550,7 +553,6 @@ func (r *ResourceRender) getPodSpec(
 		Containers:                    containers,
 		InitContainers:                initContainers,
 		ServiceAccountName:            ExpectedResourceHashedName(r.infra.Name),
-		AutomountServiceAccountToken:  expectedAutoMountServiceAccountToken(r.GatewayNamespaceMode),
 		TerminationGracePeriodSeconds: expectedTerminationGracePeriodSeconds(proxyConfig.Spec.Shutdown),
 		DNSPolicy:                     corev1.DNSClusterFirst,
 		RestartPolicy:                 corev1.RestartPolicyAlways,
@@ -558,7 +560,7 @@ func (r *ResourceRender) getPodSpec(
 		SecurityContext:               pod.SecurityContext,
 		Affinity:                      pod.Affinity,
 		Tolerations:                   pod.Tolerations,
-		Volumes:                       expectedVolumes(r.infra.Name, r.GatewayNamespaceMode, pod),
+		Volumes:                       expectedVolumes(r.infra.Name, r.GatewayNamespaceMode, pod, r.DNSDomain),
 		ImagePullSecrets:              pod.ImagePullSecrets,
 		NodeSelector:                  pod.NodeSelector,
 		TopologySpreadConstraints:     pod.TopologySpreadConstraints,
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra.go
index f911e5273..525048987 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra.go
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ func (i *Infra) CreateOrUpdateProxyInfra(ctx context.Context, infra *ir.Infra) e
 		return errors.New("infra proxy ir is nil")
 	}
 
-	ns := i.GetResourceNamespace(infra)
-	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(ns, i.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), i.EnvoyGateway)
+	envoyNamespace := i.GetResourceNamespace(infra)
+	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(envoyNamespace, i.ControllerNamespace, i.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), i.EnvoyGateway)
 	return i.createOrUpdate(ctx, r)
 }
 
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ func (i *Infra) DeleteProxyInfra(ctx context.Context, infra *ir.Infra) error {
 		return errors.New("infra ir is nil")
 	}
 
-	ns := i.GetResourceNamespace(infra)
-	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(ns, i.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), i.EnvoyGateway)
+	envoyNamespace := i.GetResourceNamespace(infra)
+	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(envoyNamespace, i.ControllerNamespace, i.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), i.EnvoyGateway)
 	return i.delete(ctx, r)
 }
 
@@ -43,5 +43,5 @@ func (i *Infra) GetResourceNamespace(infra *ir.Infra) string {
 	if i.EnvoyGateway.GatewayNamespaceMode() {
 		return infra.Proxy.Namespace
 	}
-	return i.Namespace
+	return i.ControllerNamespace
 }
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra.go
index d4f570753..160fa5bd5 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra.go
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ import (
 
 // CreateOrUpdateRateLimitInfra creates the managed kube rate limit infra, if it doesn't exist.
 func (i *Infra) CreateOrUpdateRateLimitInfra(ctx context.Context) error {
-	if err := ratelimit.Validate(ctx, i.Client.Client, i.EnvoyGateway, i.Namespace); err != nil {
+	if err := ratelimit.Validate(ctx, i.Client.Client, i.EnvoyGateway, i.ControllerNamespace); err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
 
 	// Create ratelimit infra requires the uid of owner reference.
 	ownerReferenceUID := make(map[string]types.UID)
 	key := types.NamespacedName{
-		Namespace: i.Namespace,
+		Namespace: i.ControllerNamespace,
 		Name:      "envoy-gateway",
 	}
 
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ func (i *Infra) CreateOrUpdateRateLimitInfra(ctx context.Context) error {
 	}
 	ownerReferenceUID[ratelimit.ResourceKindServiceAccount] = serviceAccountUID
 
-	r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(i.Namespace, i.EnvoyGateway, ownerReferenceUID)
+	r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(i.ControllerNamespace, i.EnvoyGateway, ownerReferenceUID)
 	return i.createOrUpdate(ctx, r)
 }
 
 // DeleteRateLimitInfra removes the managed kube infra, if it doesn't exist.
 func (i *Infra) DeleteRateLimitInfra(ctx context.Context) error {
 	// Delete ratelimit infra do not require the uid of owner reference.
-	r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(i.Namespace, i.EnvoyGateway, nil)
+	r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(i.ControllerNamespace, i.EnvoyGateway, nil)
 	return i.delete(ctx, r)
 }
diff --git a/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.go b/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.go
index 04d847ee7..3818dab3b 100644
--- a/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.go
+++ b/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.go
@@ -98,7 +98,8 @@ type bootstrapParameters struct {
 	OverloadManager overloadManagerParameters
 
 	// IPFamily of the Listener
-	IPFamily             string
+	IPFamily string
+	// GatewayNamespaceMode defines whether to use the Envoy Gateway namespace mode.
 	GatewayNamespaceMode bool
 }
 
diff --git a/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.yaml.tpl b/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.yaml.tpl
index 3df05d4fd..c4bb5e484 100644
--- a/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.yaml.tpl
+++ b/internal/xds/bootstrap/bootstrap.yaml.tpl
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ static_resources:
   - name: jwt-sa-bearer
     generic_secret:
       secret:
-        filename: "/var/run/secrets/kubernetes.io/serviceaccount/token"
+        filename: "/var/run/secrets/token/sa-token"
   {{- end }}
 overload_manager:
   refresh_interval: 0.25s
diff --git a/internal/xds/cache/snapshotcache.go b/internal/xds/cache/snapshotcache.go
index 50ae0fcae..3a88c8a84 100644
--- a/internal/xds/cache/snapshotcache.go
+++ b/internal/xds/cache/snapshotcache.go
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ type SnapshotCacheWithCallbacks interface {
 	serverv3.Callbacks
 	GenerateNewSnapshot(string, types.XdsResources) error
 	SnapshotHasIrKey(string) bool
+	GetIrKeys() []string
 }
 
 type snapshotMap map[string]*cachev3.Snapshot
@@ -377,3 +378,15 @@ func (s *snapshotCache) SnapshotHasIrKey(irKey string) bool {
 
 	return false
 }
+
+func (s *snapshotCache) GetIrKeys() []string {
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	defer s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	var irKeys []string
+	for key := range s.lastSnapshot {
+		irKeys = append(irKeys, key)
+	}
+
+	return irKeys
+}
diff --git a/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/jwtinterceptor.go b/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/jwtinterceptor.go
index 4f5c73d49..6962f9ea2 100644
--- a/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/jwtinterceptor.go
+++ b/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/jwtinterceptor.go
@@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ import (
 	"fmt"
 	"strings"
 
+	discoveryv3 "github.com/envoyproxy/go-control-plane/envoy/service/discovery/v3"
 	"google.golang.org/grpc"
 	"google.golang.org/grpc/metadata"
 	"k8s.io/client-go/kubernetes"
 
-	"github.com/envoyproxy/gateway/internal/message"
 	"github.com/envoyproxy/gateway/internal/xds/cache"
 )
 
@@ -22,47 +22,70 @@ import (
 type JWTAuthInterceptor struct {
 	clientset *kubernetes.Clientset
 	issuer    string
+	audience  string
 	cache     cache.SnapshotCacheWithCallbacks
-	xds       *message.Xds
 }
 
 // NewJWTAuthInterceptor initializes a new JWTAuthInterceptor.
-func NewJWTAuthInterceptor(clientset *kubernetes.Clientset, issuer string, cache cache.SnapshotCacheWithCallbacks, xds *message.Xds) *JWTAuthInterceptor {
+func NewJWTAuthInterceptor(clientset *kubernetes.Clientset, issuer, audience string, cache cache.SnapshotCacheWithCallbacks) *JWTAuthInterceptor {
 	return &JWTAuthInterceptor{
 		clientset: clientset,
 		issuer:    issuer,
+		audience:  audience,
 		cache:     cache,
-		xds:       xds,
 	}
 }
 
-// Stream intercepts streaming gRPC calls for authentication.
-func (i *JWTAuthInterceptor) Stream() grpc.StreamServerInterceptor {
-	return func(srv interface{}, ss grpc.ServerStream, info *grpc.StreamServerInfo, handler grpc.StreamHandler) error {
-		if err := i.authorize(ss.Context()); err != nil {
-			return err
-		}
-		return handler(srv, ss)
-	}
+type wrappedStream struct {
+	grpc.ServerStream
+	ctx         context.Context
+	interceptor *JWTAuthInterceptor
+	validated   bool
 }
 
-// authorize validates the Kubernetes Service Account JWT token from the metadata.
-func (i *JWTAuthInterceptor) authorize(ctx context.Context) error {
-	md, ok := metadata.FromIncomingContext(ctx)
-	if !ok {
-		return fmt.Errorf("missing metadata")
+func (w *wrappedStream) RecvMsg(m any) error {
+	err := w.ServerStream.RecvMsg(m)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
 	}
 
-	authHeader, exists := md["authorization"]
-	if !exists || len(authHeader) == 0 {
-		return fmt.Errorf("missing authorization token in metadata: %s", md)
-	}
+	if !w.validated {
+		if req, ok := m.(*discoveryv3.DeltaDiscoveryRequest); ok {
+			if req.Node == nil || req.Node.Id == "" {
+				return fmt.Errorf("missing node ID in request")
+			}
+			nodeID := req.Node.Id
 
-	tokenStr := strings.TrimPrefix(authHeader[0], "Bearer ")
-	err := i.validateKubeJWT(ctx, tokenStr)
-	if err != nil {
-		return fmt.Errorf("failed to validate token: %w", err)
+			md, ok := metadata.FromIncomingContext(w.ctx)
+			if !ok {
+				return fmt.Errorf("missing metadata")
+			}
+
+			authHeader := md.Get("authorization")
+			if len(authHeader) == 0 {
+				return fmt.Errorf("missing authorization token in metadata: %s", md)
+			}
+			token := strings.TrimPrefix(authHeader[0], "Bearer ")
+
+			if err := w.interceptor.validateKubeJWT(w.ctx, token, nodeID); err != nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("failed to validate token: %w", err)
+			}
+
+			w.validated = true
+		}
 	}
 
 	return nil
 }
+
+func newWrappedStream(s grpc.ServerStream, ctx context.Context, interceptor *JWTAuthInterceptor) grpc.ServerStream {
+	return &wrappedStream{s, ctx, interceptor, false}
+}
+
+// Stream intercepts streaming gRPC calls for authorization.
+func (i *JWTAuthInterceptor) Stream() grpc.StreamServerInterceptor {
+	return func(srv any, ss grpc.ServerStream, info *grpc.StreamServerInfo, handler grpc.StreamHandler) error {
+		wrapped := newWrappedStream(ss, ss.Context(), i)
+		return handler(srv, wrapped)
+	}
+}
diff --git a/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/tokenreview.go b/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/tokenreview.go
index 6ecff11b8..efed1e723 100644
--- a/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/tokenreview.go
+++ b/internal/xds/server/kubejwt/tokenreview.go
@@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ import (
 
 	authenticationv1 "k8s.io/api/authentication/v1"
 	metav1 "k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/apis/meta/v1"
+	"k8s.io/apiserver/pkg/authentication/serviceaccount"
 	"k8s.io/client-go/kubernetes"
 	"k8s.io/client-go/rest"
-)
 
-const (
-	authPodNameKey = "authentication.kubernetes.io/pod-name"
+	"github.com/envoyproxy/gateway/internal/envoygateway/config"
+	"github.com/envoyproxy/gateway/internal/utils"
 )
 
 // GetKubernetesClient creates a Kubernetes client using in-cluster configuration.
@@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ func GetKubernetesClient() (*kubernetes.Clientset, error) {
 	return clientset, nil
 }
 
-func (i *JWTAuthInterceptor) validateKubeJWT(ctx context.Context, token string) error {
+func (i *JWTAuthInterceptor) validateKubeJWT(ctx context.Context, token, nodeID string) error {
 	tokenReview := &authenticationv1.TokenReview{
 		Spec: authenticationv1.TokenReviewSpec{
-			Token: token,
+			Token:     token,
+			Audiences: []string{i.audience},
 		},
 	}
 
@@ -56,19 +57,39 @@ func (i *JWTAuthInterceptor) validateKubeJWT(ctx context.Context, token string)
 		return fmt.Errorf("token is not authenticated")
 	}
 
-	// TODO: (cnvergence) define a better way to check if the token is coming from the correct node
+	// Check if the node ID in the request matches the pod name in the token review response.
+	// This is used to prevent a client from accessing the xDS resource of another one.
 	if tokenReview.Status.User.Extra != nil {
-		podName := tokenReview.Status.User.Extra[authPodNameKey]
+		podName := tokenReview.Status.User.Extra[serviceaccount.PodNameKey]
 		if podName[0] == "" {
 			return fmt.Errorf("pod name not found in token review response")
 		}
-		parts := strings.Split(podName[0], "-")
-		irKey := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", parts[1], parts[2])
 
-		if !i.cache.SnapshotHasIrKey(irKey) {
-			return fmt.Errorf("pod %s not found in cache", podName)
+		if podName[0] != nodeID {
+			return fmt.Errorf("pod name mismatch: expected %s, got %s", nodeID, podName[0])
 		}
 	}
 
-	return nil
+	// Check if the service account name in the JWT token exists in the cache.
+	// This is used to verify that the token belongs to a valid Enovy managed by Envoy Gateway.
+	// example: "system:serviceaccount:default:envoy-default-eg-e41e7b31"
+	parts := strings.Split(tokenReview.Status.User.Username, ":")
+	if len(parts) != 4 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("invalid username format: %s", tokenReview.Status.User.Username)
+	}
+	sa := parts[3]
+
+	irKeys := i.cache.GetIrKeys()
+	for _, irKey := range irKeys {
+		if irKey2ServiceAccountName(irKey) == sa {
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+	return fmt.Errorf("Envoy service account %s not found in the cache", sa)
+}
+
+// this is the same logic used in infra pkg func ExpectedResourceHashedName to generate the resource name.
+func irKey2ServiceAccountName(irKey string) string {
+	hashedName := utils.GetHashedName(irKey, 48)
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s-%s", config.EnvoyPrefix, hashedName)
 }
diff --git a/internal/xds/server/runner/runner.go b/internal/xds/server/runner/runner.go
index e1343a013..46001cd3e 100644
--- a/internal/xds/server/runner/runner.go
+++ b/internal/xds/server/runner/runner.go
@@ -112,11 +112,12 @@ func (r *Runner) Start(ctx context.Context) (err error) {
 		if err != nil {
 			return fmt.Errorf("failed to create Kubernetes client: %w", err)
 		}
+		saAudience := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.svc.%s", config.EnvoyGatewayServiceName, r.ControllerNamespace, r.DNSDomain)
 		jwtInterceptor := kubejwt.NewJWTAuthInterceptor(
 			clientset,
 			defaultKubernetesIssuer,
+			saAudience,
 			r.cache,
-			r.Xds,
 		)
 
 		creds, err := credentials.NewServerTLSFromFile(xdsTLSCertFilepath, xdsTLSKeyFilepath)
diff --git a/release-notes/current.yaml b/release-notes/current.yaml
index ea823a6d3..bcced8623 100644
--- a/release-notes/current.yaml
+++ b/release-notes/current.yaml
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ security updates: |
 
 # New features or capabilities added in this release.
 new features: |
+  Added support for optionally installing the Gateway API standard channel CRDs through the gateway-crds-helm chart.
 
 bug fixes: |
   Fix reference grant from SecurityPolicy to referenced remoteJWKS backend not respected.
diff --git a/release-notes/v1.4.0-rc.1.yaml b/release-notes/v1.4.0-rc.1.yaml
index b4a4fdb37..483d4093c 100644
--- a/release-notes/v1.4.0-rc.1.yaml
+++ b/release-notes/v1.4.0-rc.1.yaml
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ new features: |
   Added support for request buffering using the Envoy Buffer filter
   Added support for merge type in BackendTrafficPolicy
   Added support for `OverlappingTLSConfig` condition in Gateway status. This condition is set if there are overlapping hostnames or certificates between listeners. The ALPN protocol is set to HTTP/1.1 for the overlapping listeners to avoid HTTP/2 Connection Coalescing.
+  Added support for running Envoy infrastructure proxies in the Gateway namespace.
 
 bug fixes: |
   Fix traffic splitting when filters are attached to the backendRef.
diff --git a/tools/make/kube.mk b/tools/make/kube.mk
index 020e4da74..cdd2b1f7f 100644
--- a/tools/make/kube.mk
+++ b/tools/make/kube.mk
@@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ ENVTEST_K8S_VERSIONS ?= 1.29.4 1.30.3 1.31.0 1.32.0
 # For more details, see https://gateway-api.sigs.k8s.io/guides/getting-started/#installing-gateway-api
 GATEWAY_API_VERSION ?= $(shell go list -m -f '{{.Version}}' sigs.k8s.io/gateway-api)
 
-GATEWAY_RELEASE_URL ?= https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/releases/download/${GATEWAY_API_VERSION}/experimental-install.yaml
+GATEWAY_API_RELEASE_URL ?= https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/releases/download/${GATEWAY_API_VERSION}
+EXPERIMENTAL_GATEWAY_API_RELEASE_URL ?= ${GATEWAY_API_RELEASE_URL}/experimental-install.yaml
+STANDARD_GATEWAY_API_RELEASE_URL ?= ${GATEWAY_API_RELEASE_URL}/standard-install.yaml
 
 WAIT_TIMEOUT ?= 15m
 
@@ -82,12 +84,17 @@ generate-gwapi-manifests: ## Generate GWAPI manifests and make it consistent wit
 	@$(LOG_TARGET)
 	@echo "Generating Gateway API CRDs"
 	@mkdir -p $(OUTPUT_DIR)/
-	@curl -sLo $(OUTPUT_DIR)/gatewayapi-crds.yaml ${GATEWAY_RELEASE_URL}
-	cp $(OUTPUT_DIR)/gatewayapi-crds.yaml charts/gateway-helm/crds/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
-	@sed -i.bak '1s/^/{{- if .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.enabled }}\n/' $(OUTPUT_DIR)/gatewayapi-crds.yaml && \
-	echo '{{- end }}' >> $(OUTPUT_DIR)/gatewayapi-crds.yaml && \
-	rm -f $(OUTPUT_DIR)/gatewayapi-crds.yaml.bak
-	@mv $(OUTPUT_DIR)/gatewayapi-crds.yaml charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+	@curl -sLo $(OUTPUT_DIR)/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml ${EXPERIMENTAL_GATEWAY_API_RELEASE_URL}
+	@curl -sLo $(OUTPUT_DIR)/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml ${STANDARD_GATEWAY_API_RELEASE_URL}
+	cp $(OUTPUT_DIR)/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml charts/gateway-helm/crds/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+	@sed -i.bak '1s/^/{{- if and .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.enabled (eq .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.channel "standard") }}\n/' $(OUTPUT_DIR)/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml && \
+	echo '{{- end }}' >> $(OUTPUT_DIR)/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml && \
+	sed -i.bak '1s/^/{{- if and .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.enabled (or (eq .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.channel "experimental") (eq .Values.crds.gatewayAPI.channel "")) }}\n/' $(OUTPUT_DIR)/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml && \
+	echo '{{- end }}' >> $(OUTPUT_DIR)/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml && \
+	rm -f $(OUTPUT_DIR)/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml.bak && \
+	rm -f $(OUTPUT_DIR)/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml.bak
+	@mv $(OUTPUT_DIR)/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+	@mv $(OUTPUT_DIR)/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml charts/gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 
 .PHONY: kube-generate
 kube-generate: ## Generate code containing DeepCopy, DeepCopyInto, and DeepCopyObject method implementations.



Test patch:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider_test.go
index 88899754d..3d9b5ef31 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/resource_provider_test.go
@@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ func newTestInfra() *ir.Infra {
 }
 
 func newTestInfraWithNamespace(namespace string) *ir.Infra {
-	i := newTestInfra()
+	i := ir.NewInfra()
 	i.Proxy.Namespace = namespace
+	i.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNamespaceLabel] = namespace
+	i.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNameLabel] = i.Proxy.Name
+
 	return i
 }
 
@@ -614,7 +617,7 @@ func TestDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 			if len(tc.extraArgs) > 0 {
 				tc.infra.Proxy.Config.Spec.ExtraArgs = tc.extraArgs
 			}
-			namespace := cfg.ControllerNamespace
+			infraNamespace := cfg.ControllerNamespace
 			if tc.gatewayNamespaceMode {
 				deployType := egv1a1.KubernetesDeployModeType(egv1a1.KubernetesDeployModeTypeGatewayNamespace)
 				cfg.EnvoyGateway.Provider = &egv1a1.EnvoyGatewayProvider{
@@ -625,10 +628,10 @@ func TestDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 						},
 					},
 				}
-				namespace = tc.infra.GetProxyInfra().Namespace
+				infraNamespace = tc.infra.GetProxyInfra().Namespace
 			}
 
-			r := NewResourceRender(namespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := NewResourceRender(infraNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			dp, err := r.Deployment()
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -1057,7 +1060,7 @@ func TestDaemonSet(t *testing.T) {
 				tc.infra.Proxy.Config.Spec.ExtraArgs = tc.extraArgs
 			}
 
-			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			ds, err := r.DaemonSet()
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -1222,7 +1225,7 @@ func TestService(t *testing.T) {
 				provider.EnvoyService = tc.service
 			}
 
-			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			svc, err := r.Service()
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -1265,7 +1268,7 @@ func TestConfigMap(t *testing.T) {
 
 	for _, tc := range cases {
 		t.Run(tc.name, func(t *testing.T) {
-			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			cm, err := r.ConfigMap("")
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -1328,8 +1331,7 @@ func TestServiceAccount(t *testing.T) {
 				}
 				ns = tc.infra.GetProxyInfra().Namespace
 			}
-			r := NewResourceRender(ns, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
-
+			r := NewResourceRender(ns, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			sa, err := r.ServiceAccount()
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -1453,7 +1455,7 @@ func TestPDB(t *testing.T) {
 
 			provider.GetEnvoyProxyKubeProvider()
 
-			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 
 			pdb, err := r.PodDisruptionBudget()
 			require.NoError(t, err)
@@ -1565,7 +1567,7 @@ func TestHorizontalPodAutoscaler(t *testing.T) {
 			}
 			provider.GetEnvoyProxyKubeProvider()
 
-			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, tc.infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			hpa, err := r.HorizontalPodAutoscaler()
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/component-level.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/component-level.yaml
index a0fad44a2..cc5ab6476 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/component-level.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/component-level.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -47,10 +46,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -134,10 +130,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/custom.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/custom.yaml
index 46a6b4dbe..10e0d530a 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/custom.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/custom.yaml
@@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -250,10 +249,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -331,10 +327,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default-env.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default-env.yaml
index c8b757050..c128b84b2 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default-env.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default-env.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -249,10 +248,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -330,10 +326,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default.yaml
index 3ec847484..d68424ee1 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/default.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -234,10 +233,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -321,10 +317,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/disable-prometheus.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/disable-prometheus.yaml
index db37e5b12..a1bea43d2 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/disable-prometheus.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/disable-prometheus.yaml
@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -183,10 +182,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -267,10 +263,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/extension-env.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/extension-env.yaml
index 344b3d322..4b8273064 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/extension-env.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/extension-env.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -249,10 +248,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -334,10 +330,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml
index 930a2479d..cf8385e85 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml
@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ spec:
         label1: value1-override
         label2: value2
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -243,10 +242,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -330,10 +326,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/patch-daemonset.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/patch-daemonset.yaml
index f82852a48..2f06bc272 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/patch-daemonset.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/patch-daemonset.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -234,10 +233,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -321,10 +317,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/shutdown-manager.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/shutdown-manager.yaml
index b827f5f74..57f48cddc 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/shutdown-manager.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/shutdown-manager.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -234,10 +233,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -326,10 +322,7 @@ spec:
         - name: env_b
           value: env_b_value
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/volumes.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/volumes.yaml
index eb2266938..00237afd9 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/volumes.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/volumes.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -249,10 +248,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -334,10 +330,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-annotations.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-annotations.yaml
index 2f38ba0f4..047e54095 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-annotations.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-annotations.yaml
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -239,10 +238,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -326,10 +322,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-concurrency.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-concurrency.yaml
index 0da38072c..dfc32e2c7 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-concurrency.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-concurrency.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -47,10 +46,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -134,10 +130,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-extra-args.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-extra-args.yaml
index f1062ae8c..0e7e21b34 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-extra-args.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-extra-args.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -236,10 +235,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -323,10 +319,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml
index 9ae0454ec..0db315221 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -234,10 +233,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -321,10 +317,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-name.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-name.yaml
index a2bcc35f6..139de240e 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-name.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-name.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -234,10 +233,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -321,10 +317,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-node-selector.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-node-selector.yaml
index 01e66f161..6009e8f09 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-node-selector.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-node-selector.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -234,10 +233,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -321,10 +317,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml
index 6c9ecead6..2717131c6 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/daemonsets/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -234,10 +233,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -321,10 +317,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/bootstrap.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/bootstrap.yaml
index c61fd73c7..2e3eb6a17 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/bootstrap.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/bootstrap.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -50,10 +49,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -137,10 +133,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/component-level.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/component-level.yaml
index ef916e860..f4033ecaa 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/component-level.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/component-level.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -51,10 +50,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -138,10 +134,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom.yaml
index 60676d390..2e6f82213 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom.yaml
@@ -38,7 +38,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -255,10 +254,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -336,10 +332,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom_with_initcontainers.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom_with_initcontainers.yaml
index ed1b655c8..77014daed 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom_with_initcontainers.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/custom_with_initcontainers.yaml
@@ -38,7 +38,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -255,10 +254,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -338,10 +334,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default-env.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default-env.yaml
index fa2b709e1..6a1da9c6c 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default-env.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default-env.yaml
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -254,10 +253,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -335,10 +331,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default.yaml
index fa4c0813f..c4c589342 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/default.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -325,10 +321,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/disable-prometheus.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/disable-prometheus.yaml
index fdc09427c..16375de02 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/disable-prometheus.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/disable-prometheus.yaml
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -187,10 +186,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -271,10 +267,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/dual-stack.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/dual-stack.yaml
index 26939bb66..46087bead 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/dual-stack.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/dual-stack.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -239,10 +238,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -326,10 +322,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/extension-env.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/extension-env.yaml
index cc8e5d1c6..1aff8bf16 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/extension-env.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/extension-env.yaml
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -254,10 +253,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -339,10 +335,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml
index 2ac93cc68..822afe93f 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ metadata:
     app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: envoy-gateway
     app.kubernetes.io/name: envoy
     gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
-    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
+    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: ns1
   name: envoy-default-37a8eec1
   namespace: ns1
 spec:
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ spec:
       app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: envoy-gateway
       app.kubernetes.io/name: envoy
       gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
-      gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
+      gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: ns1
   strategy:
     type: RollingUpdate
   template:
@@ -34,9 +34,8 @@ spec:
         app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: envoy-gateway
         app.kubernetes.io/name: envoy
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
-        gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
+        gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: ns1
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: true
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -243,7 +242,7 @@ spec:
             - name: jwt-sa-bearer
               generic_secret:
                 secret:
-                  filename: "/var/run/secrets/kubernetes.io/serviceaccount/token"
+                  filename: "/var/run/secrets/token/sa-token"
           overload_manager:
             refresh_interval: 0.25s
             resource_monitors:
@@ -264,7 +263,7 @@ spec:
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
               apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.labels['topology.kubernetes.io/zone']
+              fieldPath: metadata.annotations['topology.kubernetes.io/zone']
         - name: ENVOY_POD_NAME
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -336,6 +335,9 @@ spec:
           readOnly: true
         - mountPath: /sds
           name: sds
+        - mountPath: /var/run/secrets/token
+          name: sa-token
+          readOnly: true
       - args:
         - envoy
         - shutdown-manager
@@ -348,7 +350,7 @@ spec:
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
               apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.labels['topology.kubernetes.io/zone']
+              fieldPath: metadata.annotations['topology.kubernetes.io/zone']
         - name: ENVOY_POD_NAME
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -414,6 +416,14 @@ spec:
       serviceAccountName: envoy-default-37a8eec1
       terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 360
       volumes:
+      - name: sa-token
+        projected:
+          defaultMode: 420
+          sources:
+          - serviceAccountToken:
+              audience: envoy-gateway.envoy-gateway-system.svc.cluster.local
+              expirationSeconds: 3600
+              path: sa-token
       - configMap:
           defaultMode: 420
           items:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/ipv6.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/ipv6.yaml
index fe1c755c1..a616da376 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/ipv6.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/ipv6.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -239,10 +238,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -326,10 +322,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml
index 08b6c4ef9..ff6b9b4d6 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/override-labels-and-annotations.yaml
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ spec:
         label1: value1-override
         label2: value2
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -247,10 +246,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -334,10 +330,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/patch-deployment.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/patch-deployment.yaml
index 915089768..aba70d8b7 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/patch-deployment.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/patch-deployment.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -325,10 +321,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/shutdown-manager.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/shutdown-manager.yaml
index e1e7e6651..20d7a92ec 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/shutdown-manager.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/shutdown-manager.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -330,10 +326,7 @@ spec:
         - name: env_b
           value: env_b_value
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/volumes.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/volumes.yaml
index 896a68070..065c9b05d 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/volumes.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/volumes.yaml
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -254,10 +253,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -339,10 +335,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-annotations.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-annotations.yaml
index 7b560c4bb..1691d5011 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-annotations.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-annotations.yaml
@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -243,10 +242,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -330,10 +326,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-concurrency.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-concurrency.yaml
index e3a5264aa..b7278716b 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-concurrency.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-concurrency.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -51,10 +50,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -138,10 +134,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-empty-memory-limits.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-empty-memory-limits.yaml
index 2ffc32972..325133201 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-empty-memory-limits.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-empty-memory-limits.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -324,10 +320,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-extra-args.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-extra-args.yaml
index 7b959d187..c6590cf7a 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-extra-args.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-extra-args.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -240,10 +239,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -327,10 +323,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml
index cc8709e11..a0f698965 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-image-pull-secrets.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -325,10 +321,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-name.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-name.yaml
index c21126400..a44e1f263 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-name.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-name.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -325,10 +321,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-node-selector.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-node-selector.yaml
index 02534164b..72cb76f9c 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-node-selector.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-node-selector.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -325,10 +321,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml
index 0d81bed55..f236771ab 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/deployments/with-topology-spread-constraints.yaml
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ spec:
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
         gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
     spec:
-      automountServiceAccountToken: false
       containers:
       - args:
         - --service-cluster default
@@ -238,10 +237,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
@@ -325,10 +321,7 @@ spec:
         - envoy-gateway
         env:
         - name: ENVOY_GATEWAY_NAMESPACE
-          valueFrom:
-            fieldRef:
-              apiVersion: v1
-              fieldPath: metadata.namespace
+          value: envoy-gateway-system
         - name: ENVOY_SERVICE_ZONE
           valueFrom:
             fieldRef:
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/serviceaccount/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/serviceaccount/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml
index ac3b47bb8..393ada177 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/serviceaccount/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy/testdata/serviceaccount/gateway-namespace-mode.yaml
@@ -7,6 +7,6 @@ metadata:
     app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: envoy-gateway
     app.kubernetes.io/name: envoy
     gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: default
-    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: default
+    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: ns1
   name: envoy-default-37a8eec1
   namespace: ns1
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_configmap_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_configmap_test.go
index 7b6c3362e..ed7343dbe 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_configmap_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_configmap_test.go
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyConfigMap(t *testing.T) {
 					Build()
 			}
 			kube := NewInfra(cli, cfg)
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateConfigMap(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 			actual := &corev1.ConfigMap{
@@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ func TestDeleteConfigProxyMap(t *testing.T) {
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNamespaceLabel] = "default"
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNameLabel] = infra.Proxy.Name
 
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
 			cm := &corev1.ConfigMap{
 				ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-					Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+					Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 					Name:      r.Name(),
 				},
 			}
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_daemonset_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_daemonset_test.go
index 80671d9c0..0217d871f 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_daemonset_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_daemonset_test.go
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyDaemonSet(t *testing.T) {
 		},
 	}
 
-	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 	ds, err := r.DaemonSet()
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyDaemonSet(t *testing.T) {
 			}
 
 			kube := NewInfra(cli, cfg)
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, tc.in.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, tc.in.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateDaemonSet(context.Background(), r)
 			if tc.wantErr {
 				require.Error(t, err)
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyDaemonSet(t *testing.T) {
 
 			actual := &appsv1.DaemonSet{
 				ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-					Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+					Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 					Name:      proxy.ExpectedResourceHashedName(tc.in.Proxy.Name),
 				},
 			}
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_deployment_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_deployment_test.go
index c695a3e7b..efe72d4c2 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_deployment_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_deployment_test.go
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 	infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNamespaceLabel] = "default"
 	infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNameLabel] = infra.Proxy.Name
 
-	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+	r := proxy.NewResourceRender(cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, cfg.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 	deploy, err := r.Deployment()
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 			}
 
 			kube := NewInfra(cli, cfg)
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, tc.in.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, tc.in.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateDeployment(context.Background(), r)
 			if tc.wantErr {
 				require.Error(t, err)
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 
 			actual := &appsv1.Deployment{
 				ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-					Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+					Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 					Name:      proxy.ExpectedResourceHashedName(tc.in.Proxy.Name),
 				},
 			}
@@ -285,13 +285,13 @@ func TestDeleteProxyDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 			infra := ir.NewInfra()
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNamespaceLabel] = "default"
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNameLabel] = infra.Proxy.Name
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
 
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateDeployment(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 			deployment := &appsv1.Deployment{
 				ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-					Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+					Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 					Name:      r.Name(),
 				},
 			}
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra_test.go
index 5363b4e80..36eec1705 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_infra_test.go
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func TestCreateProxyInfra(t *testing.T) {
 				// Verify all resources were created via the fake kube client.
 				sa := &corev1.ServiceAccount{
 					ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-						Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+						Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 						Name:      proxy.ExpectedResourceHashedName(tc.in.Proxy.Name),
 					},
 				}
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func TestCreateProxyInfra(t *testing.T) {
 
 				cm := &corev1.ConfigMap{
 					ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-						Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+						Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 						Name:      proxy.ExpectedResourceHashedName(tc.in.Proxy.Name),
 					},
 				}
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ func TestCreateProxyInfra(t *testing.T) {
 
 				deploy := &appsv1.Deployment{
 					ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-						Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+						Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 						Name:      proxy.ExpectedResourceHashedName(tc.in.Proxy.Name),
 					},
 				}
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func TestCreateProxyInfra(t *testing.T) {
 
 				svc := &corev1.Service{
 					ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-						Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+						Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 						Name:      proxy.ExpectedResourceHashedName(tc.in.Proxy.Name),
 					},
 				}
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_service_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_service_test.go
index dab16d5b9..296115d4b 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_service_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_service_test.go
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func TestDeleteProxyService(t *testing.T) {
 
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNamespaceLabel] = "default"
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNameLabel] = infra.Proxy.Name
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateService(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_serviceaccount_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_serviceaccount_test.go
index c31a12114..06eb5ef6e 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_serviceaccount_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/proxy_serviceaccount_test.go
@@ -188,13 +188,13 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateProxyServiceAccount(t *testing.T) {
 
 			kube := NewInfra(cli, cfg)
 
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, tc.in.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, cfg.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, tc.in.GetProxyInfra(), cfg.EnvoyGateway)
 			err = kube.createOrUpdateServiceAccount(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
 			actual := &corev1.ServiceAccount{
 				ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-					Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+					Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 					Name:      proxy.ExpectedResourceHashedName(tc.in.Proxy.Name),
 				},
 			}
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ func TestDeleteProxyServiceAccount(t *testing.T) {
 			infra := ir.NewInfra()
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNamespaceLabel] = "default"
 			infra.Proxy.GetProxyMetadata().Labels[gatewayapi.OwningGatewayNameLabel] = infra.Proxy.Name
-			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
+			r := proxy.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.DNSDomain, infra.GetProxyInfra(), kube.EnvoyGateway)
 
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateServiceAccount(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_deployment_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_deployment_test.go
index 93dae1d6d..ca8193968 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_deployment_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_deployment_test.go
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateRateLimitDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 
 			kube := NewInfra(cli, cfg)
 			kube.EnvoyGateway.RateLimit = cfg.EnvoyGateway.RateLimit
-			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, ownerReferenceUID)
+			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, ownerReferenceUID)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateDeployment(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
 			actual := &appsv1.Deployment{
 				ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-					Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+					Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 					Name:      ratelimit.InfraName,
 				},
 			}
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func TestDeleteRateLimitDeployment(t *testing.T) {
 		t.Run(tc.name, func(t *testing.T) {
 			kube := newTestInfra(t)
 			kube.EnvoyGateway.RateLimit = rl
-			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, nil)
+			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, nil)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateDeployment(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra_test.go
index 1b4976ac3..3fe8c6d7d 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_infra_test.go
@@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ func TestCreateRateLimitInfra(t *testing.T) {
 			for _, ref := range tc.ownerReferences {
 				switch ref {
 				case ratelimit.ResourceKindService:
-					createEnvoyGatewayService(t, kube.Client.Client, kube.Namespace)
+					createEnvoyGatewayService(t, kube.Client.Client, kube.ControllerNamespace)
 				case ratelimit.ResourceKindDeployment:
-					createEnvoyGatewayDeployment(t, kube.Client.Client, kube.Namespace)
+					createEnvoyGatewayDeployment(t, kube.Client.Client, kube.ControllerNamespace)
 				case ratelimit.ResourceKindServiceAccount:
-					createEnvoyGatewayServiceAccount(t, kube.Client.Client, kube.Namespace)
+					createEnvoyGatewayServiceAccount(t, kube.Client.Client, kube.ControllerNamespace)
 				}
 			}
 
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ func TestCreateRateLimitInfra(t *testing.T) {
 				// Verify all resources were created via the fake kube client.
 				sa := &corev1.ServiceAccount{
 					ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-						Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+						Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 						Name:      ratelimit.InfraName,
 					},
 				}
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ func TestCreateRateLimitInfra(t *testing.T) {
 
 				deploy := &appsv1.Deployment{
 					ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-						Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+						Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 						Name:      ratelimit.InfraName,
 					},
 				}
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func TestCreateRateLimitInfra(t *testing.T) {
 
 				svc := &corev1.Service{
 					ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-						Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+						Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 						Name:      ratelimit.InfraName,
 					},
 				}
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_service_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_service_test.go
index db6578e2a..59e4c23dc 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_service_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_service_test.go
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func TestDeleteRateLimitService(t *testing.T) {
 			kube := newTestInfra(t)
 
 			kube.EnvoyGateway.RateLimit = rl
-			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, nil)
+			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, nil)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateService(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
diff --git a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_serviceaccount_test.go b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_serviceaccount_test.go
index e0f13dbcb..ecf366eef 100644
--- a/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_serviceaccount_test.go
+++ b/internal/infrastructure/kubernetes/ratelimit_serviceaccount_test.go
@@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ func TestCreateOrUpdateRateLimitServiceAccount(t *testing.T) {
 			ownerReferenceUID := map[string]types.UID{
 				ratelimit.ResourceKindServiceAccount: "foo.bar",
 			}
-			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, ownerReferenceUID)
+			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, ownerReferenceUID)
 
 			err = kube.createOrUpdateServiceAccount(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
 			actual := &corev1.ServiceAccount{
 				ObjectMeta: metav1.ObjectMeta{
-					Namespace: kube.Namespace,
+					Namespace: kube.ControllerNamespace,
 					Name:      ratelimit.InfraName,
 				},
 			}
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func TestDeleteRateLimitServiceAccount(t *testing.T) {
 
 			kube.EnvoyGateway.RateLimit = rl
 
-			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.Namespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, nil)
+			r := ratelimit.NewResourceRender(kube.ControllerNamespace, kube.EnvoyGateway, nil)
 			err := kube.createOrUpdateServiceAccount(context.Background(), r)
 			require.NoError(t, err)
 
diff --git a/site/content/en/latest/install/gateway-crds-helm-api.md b/site/content/en/latest/install/gateway-crds-helm-api.md
index c2f3d8488..febf9f9bd 100644
--- a/site/content/en/latest/install/gateway-crds-helm-api.md
+++ b/site/content/en/latest/install/gateway-crds-helm-api.md
@@ -11,5 +11,6 @@ A Helm chart for Kubernetes
 | Key | Type | Default | Description |
 |-----|------|---------|-------------|
 | crds.envoyGateway.enabled | bool | `false` |  |
+| crds.gatewayAPI.channel | string | `"experimental"` |  |
 | crds.gatewayAPI.enabled | bool | `false` |  |
 
diff --git a/test/e2e/e2e_test.go b/test/e2e/e2e_test.go
index 12a497380..c7de5de62 100644
--- a/test/e2e/e2e_test.go
+++ b/test/e2e/e2e_test.go
@@ -55,6 +55,30 @@ func TestE2E(t *testing.T) {
 	if tests.IPFamily == "ipv6" {
 		skipTests = append(skipTests,
 			tests.DynamicResolverBackendTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitCIDRMatchTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitMultipleListenersTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitGlobalSharedCidrMatchTest.ShortName,
+		)
+	}
+
+	// TODO: make these tests work in GatewayNamespaceMode
+	if tests.IsGatewayNamespaceMode() {
+		skipTests = append(skipTests,
+			tests.HTTPWasmTest.ShortName,
+			tests.OCIWasmTest.ShortName,
+			tests.ZoneAwareRoutingTest.ShortName,
+
+			// Skip RateLimit tests because they are not supported in GatewayNamespaceMode
+			tests.RateLimitCIDRMatchTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitHeaderMatchTest.ShortName,
+			tests.GlobalRateLimitHeaderInvertMatchTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitHeadersDisabled.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitBasedJwtClaimsTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitMultipleListenersTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitHeadersAndCIDRMatchTest.ShortName,
+			tests.UsageRateLimitTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitGlobalSharedCidrMatchTest.ShortName,
+			tests.RateLimitGlobalSharedGatewayHeaderMatchTest.ShortName,
 		)
 	}
 
@@ -68,7 +92,7 @@ func TestE2E(t *testing.T) {
 		RunTest:              *flags.RunTest,
 		// SupportedFeatures cannot be empty, so we set it to SupportGateway
 		// All e2e tests should leave Features empty.
-		SupportedFeatures: sets.New[features.FeatureName](features.SupportGateway),
+		SupportedFeatures: sets.New(features.SupportGateway),
 		SkipTests:         skipTests,
 		AllowCRDsMismatch: *flags.AllowCRDsMismatch,
 	})
diff --git a/test/e2e/testdata/metric-compressor.yaml b/test/e2e/testdata/metric-compressor.yaml
index e3bc342c5..17199be3e 100644
--- a/test/e2e/testdata/metric-compressor.yaml
+++ b/test/e2e/testdata/metric-compressor.yaml
@@ -25,6 +25,18 @@ metadata:
   namespace: gateway-conformance-infra
 spec:
   ipFamily: IPv4
+  provider:
+    type: Kubernetes
+    kubernetes:
+      envoyService:
+        patch:
+          value:
+            spec:
+              ports:
+                - name: metrics
+                  protocol: TCP
+                  port: 19001
+                  targetPort: 19001
   telemetry:
     metrics:
       prometheus:
@@ -94,31 +106,24 @@ metadata:
   namespace: gateway-conformance-infra
 spec:
   ipFamily: IPv4
+  provider:
+    type: Kubernetes
+    kubernetes:
+      envoyService:
+        patch:
+          value:
+            spec:
+              ports:
+                - name: metrics
+                  protocol: TCP
+                  port: 19001
+                  targetPort: 19001
   telemetry:
     metrics:
       prometheus:
         compression:
           type: Brotli
 ---
-apiVersion: v1
-kind: Service
-metadata:
-  name: brotli-gtw-metrics
-  namespace: envoy-gateway-system
-spec:
-  selector:
-    app.kubernetes.io/component: proxy
-    app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: envoy-gateway
-    app.kubernetes.io/name: envoy
-    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: brotli-gtw
-    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: gateway-conformance-infra
-  ports:
-    - name: metrics
-      protocol: TCP
-      port: 19001
-      targetPort: 19001
-  type: LoadBalancer
----
 apiVersion: gateway.networking.k8s.io/v1
 kind: HTTPRoute
 metadata:
diff --git a/test/e2e/testdata/metric.yaml b/test/e2e/testdata/metric.yaml
index b65c1d3af..7173c902e 100644
--- a/test/e2e/testdata/metric.yaml
+++ b/test/e2e/testdata/metric.yaml
@@ -61,25 +61,6 @@ spec:
 ---
 apiVersion: v1
 kind: Service
-metadata:
-  name: same-namespace-gw-metrics
-  namespace: envoy-gateway-system
-spec:
-  selector:
-    app.kubernetes.io/component: proxy
-    app.kubernetes.io/managed-by: envoy-gateway
-    app.kubernetes.io/name: envoy
-    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name: same-namespace
-    gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace: gateway-conformance-infra
-  ports:
-    - name: metrics
-      protocol: TCP
-      port: 19001
-      targetPort: 19001
-  type: LoadBalancer
----
-apiVersion: v1
-kind: Service
 metadata:
   name: otel-collecot-prometheus
   namespace: monitoring
diff --git a/test/e2e/tests/accesslog.go b/test/e2e/tests/accesslog.go
index 5df762868..ea07349fd 100644
--- a/test/e2e/tests/accesslog.go
+++ b/test/e2e/tests/accesslog.go
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ package tests
 
 import (
 	"context"
+	"fmt"
 	"testing"
 	"time"
 
@@ -29,9 +30,10 @@ var FileAccessLogTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 	Description: "Make sure file access log is working",
 	Manifests:   []string{"testdata/accesslog-file.yaml"},
 	Test: func(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite) {
+		gatwayNS := GetGatewayResourceNamespace()
 		labels := map[string]string{
-			"job":       "envoy-gateway-system/envoy",
-			"namespace": "envoy-gateway-system",
+			"job":       fmt.Sprintf("%s/envoy", gatwayNS),
+			"namespace": gatwayNS,
 			"container": "envoy",
 		}
 		match := "test-annotation-value"
diff --git a/test/e2e/tests/envoy_shutdown.go b/test/e2e/tests/envoy_shutdown.go
index 14a223dde..646154c3d 100644
--- a/test/e2e/tests/envoy_shutdown.go
+++ b/test/e2e/tests/envoy_shutdown.go
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ var EnvoyShutdownTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 				t.Errorf("Failed to get proxy deployment")
 			}
 
-			// Wait for the grpc ext auth service pod to be ready
-			WaitForPods(t, suite.Client, "envoy-gateway-system", map[string]string{"gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name": name}, corev1.PodRunning, PodReady)
+			WaitForPods(t, suite.Client, dp.Namespace, map[string]string{"gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name": name}, corev1.PodRunning, PodReady)
 
 			// wait for route to be programmed on envoy
 			expectedResponse := http.ExpectedResponse{
@@ -103,8 +102,13 @@ func getDeploymentForGateway(namespace, name string, c client.Client) (*appsv1.D
 	}
 	ctx := context.Background()
 
+	gwNs := "envoy-gateway-system"
+	if IsGatewayNamespaceMode() {
+		// use the namespace of Gateway resource
+		gwNs = namespace
+	}
 	listOpts := []client.ListOption{
-		client.InNamespace("envoy-gateway-system"),
+		client.InNamespace(gwNs),
 		client.MatchingLabelsSelector{Selector: labels.SelectorFromSet(dpLabels)},
 	}
 
diff --git a/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy.go b/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy.go
index b8980bd09..d366d05ab 100644
--- a/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy.go
+++ b/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy.go
@@ -36,11 +36,13 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 	Description: "Test running Envoy with custom name",
 	Manifests:   []string{"testdata/envoyproxy-custom-name.yaml"},
 	Test: func(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite) {
+		gatwayNS := GetGatewayResourceNamespace()
+
 		t.Run("Deployment", func(t *testing.T) {
 			ns := "gateway-conformance-infra"
 			routeNN := types.NamespacedName{Name: "deploy-route", Namespace: ns}
 			gwNN := types.NamespacedName{Name: "deploy-custom-name", Namespace: ns}
-			OkResp := http.ExpectedResponse{
+			okResp := http.ExpectedResponse{
 				Request: http.Request{
 					Path: "/deploy",
 				},
@@ -51,17 +53,17 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 			}
 
 			// Make sure there's deployment for the gateway
-			err := checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err := checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy deployment: %v", err)
 			}
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy service: %v", err)
 			}
 			gwAddr := kubernetes.GatewayAndHTTPRoutesMustBeAccepted(t, suite.Client, suite.TimeoutConfig, suite.ControllerName, kubernetes.NewGatewayRef(gwNN), routeNN)
 			// Send a request to a valid path and expect a successful response
-			http.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, OkResp)
+			http.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, okResp)
 
 			// Update the Gateway to use a custom name
 			gw := &gwapiv1.Gateway{}
@@ -81,17 +83,17 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to update Gateway: %v", err)
 			}
 
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t, suite, gwNN, "deploy-custom-name")
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, "deploy-custom-name")
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to delete Gateway: %v", err)
 			}
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, "deploy-custom-name")
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, "deploy-custom-name")
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy service: %v", err)
 			}
 			gwAddr = kubernetes.GatewayAndHTTPRoutesMustBeAccepted(t, suite.Client, suite.TimeoutConfig, suite.ControllerName, kubernetes.NewGatewayRef(gwNN), routeNN)
 			// Send a request to a valid path and expect a successful response
-			http.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, OkResp)
+			http.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, okResp)
 
 			// Rollback the Gateway to without custom name
 			gw = &gwapiv1.Gateway{}
@@ -106,17 +108,17 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 			}
 
 			// Make sure there's deployment for the gateway
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy deployment: %v", err)
 			}
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy service: %v", err)
 			}
 			gwAddr = kubernetes.GatewayAndHTTPRoutesMustBeAccepted(t, suite.Client, suite.TimeoutConfig, suite.ControllerName, kubernetes.NewGatewayRef(gwNN), routeNN)
 			// Send a request to a valid path and expect a successful response
-			http.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, OkResp)
+			http.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, okResp)
 		})
 
 		t.Run("DaemonSet", func(t *testing.T) {
@@ -134,11 +136,11 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 			}
 
 			// Make sure there's DaemonSet for the gateway
-			err := checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err := checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy deployment: %v", err)
 			}
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy service: %v", err)
 			}
@@ -164,11 +166,11 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to update Gateway: %v", err)
 			}
 
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t, suite, gwNN, "ds-custom-name")
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, "ds-custom-name")
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to delete Gateway: %v", err)
 			}
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, "ds-custom-name")
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, "ds-custom-name")
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy service: %v", err)
 			}
@@ -195,11 +197,11 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 			}
 
 			// Make sure there's DaemonSet for the gateway
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy deployment: %v", err)
 			}
-			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
+			err = checkEnvoyProxyService(t, suite, gwNN, gatwayNS, fmt.Sprintf("envoy-%s-%s", gwNN.Namespace, gwNN.Name))
 			if err != nil {
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to check EnvoyProxy service: %v", err)
 			}
@@ -210,12 +212,12 @@ var EnvoyProxyCustomNameTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 	},
 }
 
-func checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, exceptName string) error {
+func checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, exceptNs, exceptName string) error {
 	// Make sure there's deployment for the gateway
 	return wait.PollUntilContextTimeout(context.TODO(), time.Second, suite.TimeoutConfig.CreateTimeout, true, func(ctx context.Context) (bool, error) {
 		deploys := &appsv1.DeploymentList{}
 		err := suite.Client.List(ctx, deploys, &client.ListOptions{
-			Namespace: "envoy-gateway-system",
+			Namespace: exceptNs,
 			LabelSelector: labels.SelectorFromSet(map[string]string{
 				"app.kubernetes.io/managed-by":                   "envoy-gateway",
 				"app.kubernetes.io/name":                         "envoy",
@@ -246,12 +248,12 @@ func checkEnvoyProxyDeployment(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite,
 	})
 }
 
-func checkEnvoyProxyService(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, exceptName string) error {
+func checkEnvoyProxyService(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, exceptNs, exceptName string) error {
 	// Make sure there's deployment for the gateway
 	return wait.PollUntilContextTimeout(context.TODO(), time.Second, suite.TimeoutConfig.CreateTimeout, true, func(ctx context.Context) (bool, error) {
 		svcList := &corev1.ServiceList{}
 		err := suite.Client.List(ctx, svcList, &client.ListOptions{
-			Namespace: "envoy-gateway-system",
+			Namespace: exceptNs,
 			LabelSelector: labels.SelectorFromSet(map[string]string{
 				"app.kubernetes.io/managed-by":                   "envoy-gateway",
 				"app.kubernetes.io/name":                         "envoy",
@@ -278,12 +280,12 @@ func checkEnvoyProxyService(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwN
 	})
 }
 
-func checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, exceptName string) error {
+func checkEnvoyProxyDaemonSet(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, exceptNs, exceptName string) error {
 	// Make sure there's deployment for the gateway
 	return wait.PollUntilContextTimeout(context.TODO(), time.Second, suite.TimeoutConfig.CreateTimeout, true, func(ctx context.Context) (bool, error) {
 		dsList := &appsv1.DaemonSetList{}
 		err := suite.Client.List(ctx, dsList, &client.ListOptions{
-			Namespace: "envoy-gateway-system",
+			Namespace: exceptNs,
 			LabelSelector: labels.SelectorFromSet(map[string]string{
 				"app.kubernetes.io/managed-by":                   "envoy-gateway",
 				"app.kubernetes.io/name":                         "envoy",
diff --git a/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy_hpa.go b/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy_hpa.go
index 4e4a830e0..8901a407a 100644
--- a/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy_hpa.go
+++ b/test/e2e/tests/envoyproxy_hpa.go
@@ -42,9 +42,11 @@ var EnvoyProxyHPATest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 				Namespace: ns,
 			}
 
+			expectedNs := GetGatewayResourceNamespace()
+
 			// Make sure there's a deployment/HPA for the gateway
-			ExpectEnvoyProxyDeploymentCount(t, suite, gwNN, 1)
-			ExpectEnvoyProxyHPACount(t, suite, gwNN, 1)
+			ExpectEnvoyProxyDeploymentCount(t, suite, gwNN, expectedNs, 1)
+			ExpectEnvoyProxyHPACount(t, suite, gwNN, expectedNs, 1)
 
 			// Send a request to a valid path and expect a successful response
 			http.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, OkResp)
@@ -61,8 +63,8 @@ var EnvoyProxyHPATest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 				t.Fatalf("Failed to update Gateway: %v", err)
 			}
 
-			ExpectEnvoyProxyDeploymentCount(t, suite, gwNN, 1)
-			ExpectEnvoyProxyHPACount(t, suite, gwNN, 0)
+			ExpectEnvoyProxyDeploymentCount(t, suite, gwNN, expectedNs, 1)
+			ExpectEnvoyProxyHPACount(t, suite, gwNN, expectedNs, 0)
 		})
 	},
 }
diff --git a/test/e2e/tests/metric.go b/test/e2e/tests/metric.go
index ec1eb2019..f61ead25a 100644
--- a/test/e2e/tests/metric.go
+++ b/test/e2e/tests/metric.go
@@ -57,13 +57,16 @@ var MetricTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 			// let's check the metric
 			if err := wait.PollUntilContextTimeout(context.TODO(), time.Second, time.Minute, true,
 				func(_ context.Context) (done bool, err error) {
-					if err := ScrapeMetrics(t, suite.Client, types.NamespacedName{
-						Namespace: "envoy-gateway-system",
-						Name:      "same-namespace-gw-metrics",
-					}, 19001, "/stats/prometheus"); err != nil {
+					pql := fmt.Sprintf(`envoy_cluster_default_total_match_count{app_kubernetes_io_component="proxy", app_kubernetes_io_managed_by="envoy-gateway", app_kubernetes_io_name="envoy", envoy_cluster_name="xds_cluster", gateway_envoyproxy_io_owning_gateway_name="%s"}`, "same-namespace")
+					v, err := prometheus.QueryPrometheus(suite.Client, pql)
+					if err != nil {
 						tlog.Logf(t, "failed to get metric: %v", err)
 						return false, nil
 					}
+					if v != nil {
+						tlog.Logf(t, "got expected value: %v", v)
+						return true, nil
+					}
 					return true, nil
 				}); err != nil {
 				t.Errorf("failed to scrape metrics: %v", err)
@@ -175,25 +178,8 @@ func runMetricCompressorTest(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, ns
 	}
 	httputils.MakeRequestAndExpectEventuallyConsistentResponse(t, suite.RoundTripper, suite.TimeoutConfig, gwAddr, expectedResponse)
 
-	// make sure compression work as expected
-	statsNN := types.NamespacedName{Namespace: "envoy-gateway-system", Name: fmt.Sprintf("%s-gtw-metrics", compressor)}
-	var statsHost string
-	if err := wait.PollUntilContextTimeout(context.TODO(), time.Second, time.Minute, true, func(_ context.Context) (done bool, err error) {
-		addr, err := ServiceHost(suite.Client, statsNN, 19001)
-		if err != nil {
-			tlog.Logf(t, "failed to get service host %s: %v", statsNN, err)
-			return false, nil
-		}
-		if addr != "" {
-			statsHost = addr
-			return true, nil
-		}
-		return false, nil
-	}); err != nil {
-		t.Errorf("failed to get service host %s: %v", statsNN, err)
-		return
-	}
-
+	// stats exposed at port 19001
+	statsHost := strings.Replace(gwAddr, ":80", ":19001", 1)
 	statsAddr := fmt.Sprintf("http://%s/stats/prometheus", statsHost)
 	tlog.Logf(t, "check stats from %s", statsAddr)
 
diff --git a/test/e2e/tests/ratelimit.go b/test/e2e/tests/ratelimit.go
index a425a23a3..da8cff9fd 100644
--- a/test/e2e/tests/ratelimit.go
+++ b/test/e2e/tests/ratelimit.go
@@ -48,10 +48,6 @@ var RateLimitCIDRMatchTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 	Description: "Limit all requests that match CIDR",
 	Manifests:   []string{"testdata/ratelimit-cidr-match.yaml"},
 	Test: func(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite) {
-		if IPFamily == "ipv6" {
-			t.Skip("Skipping test as IP_FAMILY is IPv6")
-		}
-
 		t.Run("block all ips", func(t *testing.T) {
 			ns := "gateway-conformance-infra"
 			routeNN := types.NamespacedName{Name: "cidr-ratelimit", Namespace: ns}
@@ -514,10 +510,6 @@ var RateLimitMultipleListenersTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 	Description: "Limit requests on multiple listeners",
 	Manifests:   []string{"testdata/ratelimit-multiple-listeners.yaml"},
 	Test: func(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite) {
-		if IPFamily == "ipv6" {
-			t.Skip("Skipping test as IP_FAMILY is IPv6")
-		}
-
 		t.Run("block all ips on listener 80 and 8080", func(t *testing.T) {
 			ns := "gateway-conformance-infra"
 			routeNN := types.NamespacedName{Name: "cidr-ratelimit", Namespace: ns}
@@ -755,10 +747,6 @@ var RateLimitGlobalSharedCidrMatchTest = suite.ConformanceTest{
 	Description: "Limit all requests that match CIDR across multiple routes with a shared rate limit",
 	Manifests:   []string{"testdata/ratelimit-global-shared-cidr-match.yaml"},
 	Test: func(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite) {
-		if IPFamily == "ipv6" {
-			t.Skip("Skipping test as IP_FAMILY is IPv6")
-		}
-
 		t.Run("block all ips with shared rate limit across routes with different paths", func(t *testing.T) {
 			ns := "gateway-conformance-infra"
 			route1NN := types.NamespacedName{Name: "cidr-ratelimit-1", Namespace: ns}
diff --git a/test/e2e/tests/utils.go b/test/e2e/tests/utils.go
index 824e75218..5700f82af 100644
--- a/test/e2e/tests/utils.go
+++ b/test/e2e/tests/utils.go
@@ -46,7 +46,10 @@ import (
 	tb "github.com/envoyproxy/gateway/internal/troubleshoot"
 )
 
-var IPFamily = os.Getenv("IP_FAMILY")
+var (
+	IPFamily      = os.Getenv("IP_FAMILY")
+	DeployProfile = os.Getenv("KUBE_DEPLOY_PROFILE")
+)
 
 const defaultServiceStartupTimeout = 5 * time.Minute
 
@@ -645,11 +648,11 @@ func ContentEncoding(compressorType egv1a1.CompressorType) string {
 	return encoding
 }
 
-func ExpectEnvoyProxyDeploymentCount(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, expectedCount int) {
+func ExpectEnvoyProxyDeploymentCount(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, expectedNs string, expectedCount int) {
 	err := wait.PollUntilContextTimeout(context.TODO(), time.Second, suite.TimeoutConfig.DeleteTimeout, true, func(ctx context.Context) (bool, error) {
 		deploys := &appsv1.DeploymentList{}
 		err := suite.Client.List(ctx, deploys, &client.ListOptions{
-			Namespace: "envoy-gateway-system",
+			Namespace: expectedNs,
 			LabelSelector: labels.SelectorFromSet(map[string]string{
 				"app.kubernetes.io/managed-by":                   "envoy-gateway",
 				"app.kubernetes.io/name":                         "envoy",
@@ -668,11 +671,11 @@ func ExpectEnvoyProxyDeploymentCount(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestS
 	}
 }
 
-func ExpectEnvoyProxyHPACount(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, expectedCount int) {
+func ExpectEnvoyProxyHPACount(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, gwNN types.NamespacedName, expectedNs string, expectedCount int) {
 	err := wait.PollUntilContextTimeout(context.TODO(), time.Second, suite.TimeoutConfig.DeleteTimeout, true, func(ctx context.Context) (bool, error) {
 		hpa := &autoscalingv2.HorizontalPodAutoscalerList{}
 		err := suite.Client.List(ctx, hpa, &client.ListOptions{
-			Namespace: "envoy-gateway-system",
+			Namespace: expectedNs,
 			LabelSelector: labels.SelectorFromSet(map[string]string{
 				"gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-name":      gwNN.Name,
 				"gateway.envoyproxy.io/owning-gateway-namespace": gwNN.Namespace,
@@ -688,3 +691,14 @@ func ExpectEnvoyProxyHPACount(t *testing.T, suite *suite.ConformanceTestSuite, g
 		t.Fatalf("Failed to check HPA count(%d) for the Gateway: %v", expectedCount, err)
 	}
 }
+
+func IsGatewayNamespaceMode() bool {
+	return DeployProfile == "gateway-namespace-mode"
+}
+
+func GetGatewayResourceNamespace() string {
+	if IsGatewayNamespaceMode() {
+		return "gateway-conformance-infra"
+	}
+	return "envoy-gateway-system"
+}
diff --git a/test/e2e/upgrade/eg_upgrade_test.go b/test/e2e/upgrade/eg_upgrade_test.go
index 9af99c81c..509b874fb 100644
--- a/test/e2e/upgrade/eg_upgrade_test.go
+++ b/test/e2e/upgrade/eg_upgrade_test.go
@@ -57,17 +57,25 @@ func TestEGUpgrade(t *testing.T) {
 		ManifestFS:           []fs.FS{e2e.UpgradeManifests},
 		RunTest:              *flags.RunTest,
 		BaseManifests:        "upgrade/manifests.yaml",
-		SupportedFeatures:    sets.New[features.FeatureName](features.SupportGateway),
+		SupportedFeatures:    sets.New(features.SupportGateway),
 		SkipTests:            skipTests,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("Failed to create test suite: %v", err)
 	}
 
-	// upgrade tests should be executed in a specific order
-	tests.UpgradeTests = []suite.ConformanceTest{
-		tests.EnvoyShutdownTest,
-		tests.EGUpgradeTest,
+	if tests.IsGatewayNamespaceMode() {
+		tests.UpgradeTests = []suite.ConformanceTest{
+			tests.EnvoyShutdownTest,
+			// TODO: enable EGUpgradeTest in gateway namespace mode
+			// tests.EGUpgradeTest,
+		}
+	} else {
+		// upgrade tests should be executed in a specific order
+		tests.UpgradeTests = []suite.ConformanceTest{
+			tests.EnvoyShutdownTest,
+			tests.EGUpgradeTest,
+		}
 	}
 
 	tlog.Logf(t, "Running %d Upgrade tests", len(tests.UpgradeTests))
diff --git a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/all.out.yaml b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/all.out.yaml
index 8d3a3a240..be47c7f6c 100644
--- a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/all.out.yaml
+++ b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/all.out.yaml
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml
 #
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml
 #
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml
 #
@@ -3881,7 +3881,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml
 #
@@ -6103,7 +6103,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml
 #
@@ -13386,7 +13386,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml
 #
@@ -13580,7 +13580,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tcproutes.yaml
 #
@@ -14317,7 +14317,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tlsroutes.yaml
 #
@@ -15117,7 +15117,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_udproutes.yaml
 #
@@ -15854,7 +15854,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xbackendtrafficpolicies.yaml
 #
@@ -16464,7 +16464,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xlistenersets.yaml
 #
@@ -43462,7 +43462,7 @@ spec:
     subresources:
       status: {}
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 # Copyright 2025 The Kubernetes Authors.
 #
 # Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
diff --git a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-crds.out.yaml b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-crds.out.yaml
index c606e60a0..5a0b38d2c 100644
--- a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-crds.out.yaml
+++ b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-crds.out.yaml
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml
 #
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml
 #
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml
 #
@@ -3881,7 +3881,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml
 #
@@ -6103,7 +6103,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml
 #
@@ -13386,7 +13386,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml
 #
@@ -13580,7 +13580,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tcproutes.yaml
 #
@@ -14317,7 +14317,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tlsroutes.yaml
 #
@@ -15117,7 +15117,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_udproutes.yaml
 #
@@ -15854,7 +15854,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xbackendtrafficpolicies.yaml
 #
@@ -16464,7 +16464,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 #
 # config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xlistenersets.yaml
 #
@@ -17311,7 +17311,7 @@ status:
   conditions: null
   storedVersions: null
 ---
-# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
 # Copyright 2025 The Kubernetes Authors.
 #
 # Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
diff --git a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-experimental-crds.in.yaml b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-experimental-crds.in.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8e33fbdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-experimental-crds.in.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+crds:
+  gatewayAPI:
+    enabled: true
+    channel: experimental
+  envoyGateway:
+    enabled: false
diff --git a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-experimental-crds.out.yaml b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-experimental-crds.out.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a0b38d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-experimental-crds.out.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,17331 @@
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_backendtlspolicies.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  labels:
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct
+  name: backendtlspolicies.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: BackendTLSPolicy
+    listKind: BackendTLSPolicyList
+    plural: backendtlspolicies
+    shortNames:
+    - btlspolicy
+    singular: backendtlspolicy
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1alpha3
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          BackendTLSPolicy provides a way to configure how a Gateway
+          connects to a Backend via TLS.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTLSPolicy.
+            properties:
+              options:
+                additionalProperties:
+                  description: |-
+                    AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                    for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                    annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                    on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                  maxLength: 4096
+                  minLength: 0
+                  type: string
+                description: |-
+                  Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                  configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                  minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                  A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                  any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                  domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                  Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific
+                maxProperties: 16
+                type: object
+              targetRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  TargetRefs identifies an API object to apply the policy to.
+                  Only Services have Extended support. Implementations MAY support
+                  additional objects, with Implementation Specific support.
+                  Note that this config applies to the entire referenced resource
+                  by default, but this default may change in the future to provide
+                  a more granular application of the policy.
+
+                  TargetRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different targets. If this is the case, then targetRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all targetRef entries in the BackendTLSPolicy.
+                  * They select different sectionNames in the same target.
+
+                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    LocalPolicyTargetReferenceWithSectionName identifies an API object to apply a
+                    direct policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources that can
+                    target single resources. For more information on how this policy attachment
+                    mode works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to the policy attachment
+                    documentation for Gateway API.
+
+                    Note: This should only be used for direct policy attachment when references
+                    to SectionName are actually needed. In all other cases,
+                    LocalPolicyTargetReference should be used.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: Group is the group of the target resource.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: Kind is kind of the target resource.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the target resource.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. When
+                        unspecified, this targetRef targets the entire resource. In the following
+                        resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name
+                        * HTTPRoute: HTTPRouteRule name
+                        * Service: Port name
+
+                        If a SectionName is specified, but does not exist on the targeted object,
+                        the Policy must fail to attach, and the policy implementation should record
+                        a `ResolvedRefs` or similar Condition in the Policy's status.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName must be specified when targetRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same target
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name ? ((!has(p1.sectionName) || p1.sectionName
+                    == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName == ''''))
+                    : true))'
+                - message: sectionName must be unique when targetRefs includes 2 or
+                    more references to the same target
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.sectionName) ||
+                    p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName))))
+              validation:
+                description: Validation contains backend TLS validation configuration.
+                properties:
+                  caCertificateRefs:
+                    description: |-
+                      CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to Kubernetes objects that
+                      contain a PEM-encoded TLS CA certificate bundle, which is used to
+                      validate a TLS handshake between the Gateway and backend Pod.
+
+                      If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, then WellKnownCACertificates must be
+                      specified. Only one of CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified,
+                      not both. If CACertificateRefs is empty or unspecified, the configuration for
+                      WellKnownCACertificates MUST be honored instead if supported by the implementation.
+
+                      References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid for the
+                      moment, although we will revisit this in the future.
+
+                      A single CACertificateRef to a Kubernetes ConfigMap kind has "Core" support.
+                      Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                      a backend, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                      Support: Core - An optional single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap,
+                      with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
+                      of resources).
+                    items:
+                      description: |-
+                        LocalObjectReference identifies an API object within the namespace of the
+                        referrer.
+                        The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                        be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                        References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                        be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                        on the containing object.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "HTTPRoute"
+                            or "Service".
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - group
+                      - kind
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                    maxItems: 8
+                    type: array
+                  hostname:
+                    description: |-
+                      Hostname is used for two purposes in the connection between Gateways and
+                      backends:
+
+                      1. Hostname MUST be used as the SNI to connect to the backend (RFC 6066).
+                      2. Hostname MUST be used for authentication and MUST match the certificate served by the matching backend, unless SubjectAltNames is specified.
+                         authentication and MUST match the certificate served by the matching
+                         backend.
+
+                      Support: Core
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  subjectAltNames:
+                    description: |-
+                      SubjectAltNames contains one or more Subject Alternative Names.
+                      When specified the certificate served from the backend MUST
+                      have at least one Subject Alternate Name matching one of the specified SubjectAltNames.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    items:
+                      description: SubjectAltName represents Subject Alternative Name.
+                      properties:
+                        hostname:
+                          description: |-
+                            Hostname contains Subject Alternative Name specified in DNS name format.
+                            Required when Type is set to Hostname, ignored otherwise.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        type:
+                          description: |-
+                            Type determines the format of the Subject Alternative Name. Always required.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Hostname
+                          - URI
+                          type: string
+                        uri:
+                          description: |-
+                            URI contains Subject Alternative Name specified in a full URI format.
+                            It MUST include both a scheme (e.g., "http" or "ftp") and a scheme-specific-part.
+                            Common values include SPIFFE IDs like "spiffe://mycluster.example.com/ns/myns/sa/svc1sa".
+                            Required when Type is set to URI, ignored otherwise.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - type
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: SubjectAltName element must contain Hostname, if
+                          Type is set to Hostname
+                        rule: '!(self.type == "Hostname" && (!has(self.hostname) ||
+                          self.hostname == ""))'
+                      - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain Hostname,
+                          if Type is not set to Hostname
+                        rule: '!(self.type != "Hostname" && has(self.hostname) &&
+                          self.hostname != "")'
+                      - message: SubjectAltName element must contain URI, if Type
+                          is set to URI
+                        rule: '!(self.type == "URI" && (!has(self.uri) || self.uri
+                          == ""))'
+                      - message: SubjectAltName element must not contain URI, if Type
+                          is not set to URI
+                        rule: '!(self.type != "URI" && has(self.uri) && self.uri !=
+                          "")'
+                    maxItems: 5
+                    type: array
+                  wellKnownCACertificates:
+                    description: |-
+                      WellKnownCACertificates specifies whether system CA certificates may be used in
+                      the TLS handshake between the gateway and backend pod.
+
+                      If WellKnownCACertificates is unspecified or empty (""), then CACertificateRefs
+                      must be specified with at least one entry for a valid configuration. Only one of
+                      CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates may be specified, not both. If an
+                      implementation does not support the WellKnownCACertificates field or the value
+                      supplied is not supported, the Status Conditions on the Policy MUST be
+                      updated to include an Accepted: False Condition with Reason: Invalid.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    enum:
+                    - System
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - hostname
+                type: object
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: must not contain both CACertificateRefs and WellKnownCACertificates
+                  rule: '!(has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs)
+                    > 0 && has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates
+                    != "")'
+                - message: must specify either CACertificateRefs or WellKnownCACertificates
+                  rule: (has(self.caCertificateRefs) && size(self.caCertificateRefs)
+                    > 0 || has(self.wellKnownCACertificates) && self.wellKnownCACertificates
+                    != "")
+            required:
+            - targetRefs
+            - validation
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of BackendTLSPolicy.
+            properties:
+              ancestors:
+                description: |-
+                  Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to
+                  each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when
+                  the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as
+                  appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified.
+
+                  Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers;
+                  an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at
+                  which to namespace this status.
+
+                  Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for
+                  the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST
+                  use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list
+                  that they are responsible for.
+
+                  Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs
+                  MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef
+                  and ControllerName fields combined.
+
+                  A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors.
+
+                  If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries.
+                  Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that
+                  on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced
+                  here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no
+                  additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by
+                  the BackendTLSPolicy.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Ancestor.
+
+                    Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it
+                    in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the
+                    Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and
+                    the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most
+                    useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations
+                    SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers
+                    have a _very_ good reason otherwise.
+
+                    In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which
+                    resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy
+                    targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway.
+
+                    Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the
+                    ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same
+                    Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying
+                    implementations.
+
+                    For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is
+                    used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway.
+                    In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the
+                    ancestor object referred to in this status.
+
+                    Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the
+                    relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used.
+
+                    This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map,
+                    with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName.
+                  properties:
+                    ancestorRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with
+                        respect to the given Ancestor.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - ancestorRef
+                  - controllerName
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - ancestors
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: GatewayClass
+    listKind: GatewayClassList
+    plural: gatewayclasses
+    shortNames:
+    - gc
+    singular: gatewayclass
+  scope: Cluster
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
+      name: Controller
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
+      name: Accepted
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    - jsonPath: .spec.description
+      name: Description
+      priority: 1
+      type: string
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
+          Gateway resources.
+
+          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
+          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
+          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
+          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
+          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
+          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
+          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.
+
+          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
+          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
+          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
+          Gateway is not deleted while in use.
+
+          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
+            properties:
+              controllerName:
+                description: |-
+                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
+                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.
+
+                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                type: string
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Value is immutable
+                  rule: self == oldSelf
+              description:
+                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
+                maxLength: 64
+                type: string
+              parametersRef:
+                description: |-
+                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
+                  controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
+                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
+                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.
+
+                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
+                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                  "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific
+                properties:
+                  group:
+                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  kind:
+                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                  name:
+                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    type: string
+                  namespace:
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
+                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - group
+                - kind
+                - name
+                type: object
+            required:
+            - controllerName
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+            description: |-
+              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.
+
+              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
+              specify their controller name.
+            properties:
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
+                  this GatewayClass.
+
+                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
+                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              supportedFeatures:
+                description: |-
+                  SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support.
+                  It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key.
+                items:
+                  properties:
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by
+                        conformance tests.
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
+      name: Controller
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
+      name: Accepted
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    - jsonPath: .spec.description
+      name: Description
+      priority: 1
+      type: string
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
+          Gateway resources.
+
+          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
+          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
+          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
+          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
+          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
+          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
+          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.
+
+          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
+          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
+          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
+          Gateway is not deleted while in use.
+
+          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
+            properties:
+              controllerName:
+                description: |-
+                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
+                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.
+
+                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                type: string
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Value is immutable
+                  rule: self == oldSelf
+              description:
+                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
+                maxLength: 64
+                type: string
+              parametersRef:
+                description: |-
+                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
+                  controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
+                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
+                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.
+
+                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
+                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                  "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific
+                properties:
+                  group:
+                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  kind:
+                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                  name:
+                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    type: string
+                  namespace:
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
+                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - group
+                - kind
+                - name
+                type: object
+            required:
+            - controllerName
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+            description: |-
+              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.
+
+              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
+              specify their controller name.
+            properties:
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
+                  this GatewayClass.
+
+                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
+                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              supportedFeatures:
+                description: |-
+                  SupportedFeatures is the set of features the GatewayClass support.
+                  It MUST be sorted in ascending alphabetical order by the Name key.
+                items:
+                  properties:
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        FeatureName is used to describe distinct features that are covered by
+                        conformance tests.
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: Gateway
+    listKind: GatewayList
+    plural: gateways
+    shortNames:
+    - gtw
+    singular: gateway
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
+      name: Class
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
+      name: Address
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
+      name: Programmed
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
+          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
+                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
+                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
+                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
+                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
+                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
+                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
+                  be sent to.
+
+                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
+                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
+                  set of Addresses.
+
+                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
+                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
+                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                items:
+                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
+                    bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
+                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.
+
+                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
+                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+                - message: Hostname values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+              allowedListeners:
+                description: |-
+                  AllowedListeners defines which ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
+                  While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
+                properties:
+                  namespaces:
+                    default:
+                      from: None
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespaces defines which namespaces ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
+                      While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
+                    properties:
+                      from:
+                        default: None
+                        description: |-
+                          From indicates where ListenerSets can attach to this Gateway. Possible
+                          values are:
+
+                          * Same: Only ListenerSets in the same namespace may be attached to this Gateway.
+                          * Selector: ListenerSets in namespaces selected by the selector may be attached to this Gateway.
+                          * All: ListenerSets in all namespaces may be attached to this Gateway.
+                          * None: Only listeners defined in the Gateway's spec are allowed
+
+                          While this feature is experimental, the default value None
+                        enum:
+                        - All
+                        - Selector
+                        - Same
+                        - None
+                        type: string
+                      selector:
+                        description: |-
+                          Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                          only ListenerSets in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                          Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+                        properties:
+                          matchExpressions:
+                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector
+                              requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                relates the key and values.
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: key is the label key that the selector
+                                    applies to.
+                                  type: string
+                                operator:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                  type: string
+                                values:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                    merge patch.
+                                  items:
+                                    type: string
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                              required:
+                              - key
+                              - operator
+                              type: object
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                          matchLabels:
+                            additionalProperties:
+                              type: string
+                            description: |-
+                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                            type: object
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              backendTLS:
+                description: |-
+                  BackendTLS configures TLS settings for when this Gateway is connecting to
+                  backends with TLS.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                properties:
+                  clientCertificateRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ClientCertificateRef is a reference to an object that contains a Client
+                      Certificate and the associated private key.
+
+                      References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                      is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                      to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                      "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                      "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                      ClientCertificateRef can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                      Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                      This setting can be overridden on the service level by use of BackendTLSPolicy.
+
+                      Support: Core
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        default: ""
+                        description: |-
+                          Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                          When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        default: Secret
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Secret".
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                      namespace:
+                        description: |-
+                          Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                          namespace is inferred.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                          a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+                          Support: Core
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              gatewayClassName:
+                description: |-
+                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
+                  GatewayClass resource.
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                type: string
+              infrastructure:
+                description: |-
+                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  annotations:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                      maxLength: 4096
+                      minLength: 0
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
+                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
+                        up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
+                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  labels:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
+                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
+                        label validation rules:
+                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
+                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
+                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+
+                        Valid values include:
+
+                        * MyValue
+                        * my.name
+                        * 123-my-value
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 0
+                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.
+
+                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
+                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
+                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
+                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  parametersRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
+                      controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis
+
+                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
+                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                      "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - group
+                    - kind
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              listeners:
+                description: |-
+                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
+                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
+                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.
+
+                  ## Distinct Listeners
+
+                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
+                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
+                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
+                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
+                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
+                  apply in that case).
+
+                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
+                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.
+
+                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
+                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
+                  they support:
+
+                  HTTPRoute
+
+                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
+                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided
+
+                  TLSRoute
+
+                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough
+
+                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:
+
+                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
+                  Listener**.
+
+                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
+                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
+                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
+                  Listener fields.
+
+                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
+                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
+                  values for other fields.
+
+                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
+                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
+                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
+                  Gateway API spec.
+
+                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
+                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:
+
+                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
+                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port
+
+                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
+                  implementation:
+
+                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
+                    Listeners, and
+                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
+                    Protocol.
+
+                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
+                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.
+
+                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
+                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
+                  accepted.
+
+                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
+                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.
+
+                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname
+
+                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
+                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
+                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.
+
+                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
+                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
+                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
+                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.
+
+                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
+                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
+                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.
+
+                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
+                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.
+
+                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
+                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
+                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.
+
+                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners
+
+                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
+                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
+                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".
+
+                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
+                  purpose of this documentation.
+
+                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
+                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
+                  no Conflicted Listeners.
+
+                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
+                  the following rules:
+
+                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
+                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
+                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
+                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.
+
+                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
+                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
+                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
+                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
+                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
+                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.
+
+                  ## General Listener behavior
+
+                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
+                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
+                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
+                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).
+
+                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
+                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
+                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
+                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.
+
+                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
+                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
+                  conformance tests.
+
+                  ## Compatible Listeners
+
+                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:
+
+                  1. They are distinct.
+                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
+                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
+                     addresses.
+
+                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
+                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
+                  may not be compatible for another.
+
+                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
+                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
+                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.
+
+                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
+                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.
+
+                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
+                    network connections.
+                  properties:
+                    allowedRoutes:
+                      default:
+                        namespaces:
+                          from: Same
+                      description: |-
+                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
+                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
+                        present.
+
+                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
+                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria:
+
+                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
+                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
+                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
+                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
+                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
+                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.
+
+                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
+                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
+                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
+                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
+                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
+                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        kinds:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
+                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
+                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.
+
+                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
+                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
+                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
+                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
+                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          items:
+                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
+                              of a Route resource.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - kind
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 8
+                          type: array
+                        namespaces:
+                          default:
+                            from: Same
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
+                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            from:
+                              default: Same
+                              description: |-
+                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
+                                values are:
+
+                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
+                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
+                                  this Gateway.
+                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              enum:
+                              - All
+                              - Selector
+                              - Same
+                              type: string
+                            selector:
+                              description: |-
+                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              properties:
+                                matchExpressions:
+                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
+                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  items:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                      relates the key and values.
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: key is the label key that the
+                                          selector applies to.
+                                        type: string
+                                      operator:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                        type: string
+                                      values:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                          merge patch.
+                                        items:
+                                          type: string
+                                        type: array
+                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    required:
+                                    - key
+                                    - operator
+                                    type: object
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                matchLabels:
+                                  additionalProperties:
+                                    type: string
+                                  description: |-
+                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  type: object
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                    hostname:
+                      description: |-
+                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
+                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
+                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
+                        matching.
+
+                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
+                        the following protocols:
+
+                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
+                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
+                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
+                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
+                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.
+
+                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
+                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
+                        hostnames within the application protocol.
+
+                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
+                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
+                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
+                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.
+
+                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
+                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
+                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:
+
+                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
+                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
+                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
+                          does not match the Host:
+                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
+                              421.
+                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
+                              404.
+
+                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
+                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
+                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
+                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
+                        documentation.
+
+                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
+                        Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
+                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    protocol:
+                      description: |-
+                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 255
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
+                      type: string
+                    tls:
+                      description: |-
+                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
+                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
+                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".
+
+                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
+                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.
+
+                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
+                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        certificateRefs:
+                          description: |-
+                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
+                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
+                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
+                            associated listener.
+
+                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
+                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.
+
+                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
+                              defaulting to Secret.
+
+                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                              on the containing object.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: ""
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                default: Secret
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "Secret".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                              namespace:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                  namespace is inferred.
+
+                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                  documentation for details.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 64
+                          type: array
+                        frontendValidation:
+                          description: |-
+                            FrontendValidation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client).
+                            Setting this field will require clients to send a client certificate
+                            required for validation during the TLS handshake. In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing
+                            that requests a user to specify the client certificate.
+                            The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          properties:
+                            caCertificateRefs:
+                              description: |-
+                                CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to
+                                Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of
+                                the Certificate Authorities that can be used
+                                as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client.
+
+                                A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
+                                has "Core" support.
+                                Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to
+                                a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                                Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
+                                with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.
+
+                                Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
+                                of resources).
+
+                                References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                                is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                                to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                                "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                                "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+                              items:
+                                description: |-
+                                  ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace.
+
+                                  The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                                  be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                                  References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                                  be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                                  on the containing object.
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                      example "ConfigMap" or "Service".
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - group
+                                - kind
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                              maxItems: 8
+                              minItems: 1
+                              type: array
+                          type: object
+                        mode:
+                          default: Terminate
+                          description: |-
+                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
+                            There are two possible modes:
+
+                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
+                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
+                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
+                              field.
+                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
+                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
+                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
+                              is ignored in this mode.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Terminate
+                          - Passthrough
+                          type: string
+                        options:
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            description: |-
+                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                            maxLength: 4096
+                            minLength: 0
+                            type: string
+                          description: |-
+                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxProperties: 16
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
+                          mode is Terminate
+                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
+                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - protocol
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
+                    'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
+                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
+                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
+                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
+                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
+                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
+                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
+                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
+                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
+                    for each listener
+                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
+                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
+                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
+            required:
+            - gatewayClassName
+            - listeners
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Programmed
+            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
+                  Gateway.
+
+                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
+                  conditions:
+
+                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
+                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
+                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
+                items:
+                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
+                    is bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
+                        on the type and support by the controller.
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - value
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Programmed
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.
+
+                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
+                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
+                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
+                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.
+
+                  Known condition types are:
+
+                  * "Accepted"
+                  * "Programmed"
+                  * "Ready"
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              listeners:
+                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
+                  defined in the Spec.
+                items:
+                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
+                  properties:
+                    attachedRoutes:
+                      description: |-
+                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
+                        successfully attached to this Listener.
+
+                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
+                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
+                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
+                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
+                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
+                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
+                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
+                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
+                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
+                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
+                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.
+
+                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
+                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
+                      format: int32
+                      type: integer
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
+                        listener.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
+                        corresponds to.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    supportedKinds:
+                      description: |-
+                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
+                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
+                        that Listener configuration.
+
+                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
+                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
+                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
+                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
+                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
+                      items:
+                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
+                          a Route resource.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - kind
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                  required:
+                  - attachedRoutes
+                  - conditions
+                  - name
+                  - supportedKinds
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
+      name: Class
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
+      name: Address
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
+      name: Programmed
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
+          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
+                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
+                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
+                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
+                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
+                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
+                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
+                  be sent to.
+
+                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
+                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
+                  set of Addresses.
+
+                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
+                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
+                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                items:
+                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
+                    bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
+                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.
+
+                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
+                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+                - message: Hostname values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+              allowedListeners:
+                description: |-
+                  AllowedListeners defines which ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
+                  While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
+                properties:
+                  namespaces:
+                    default:
+                      from: None
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespaces defines which namespaces ListenerSets can be attached to this Gateway.
+                      While this feature is experimental, the default value is to allow no ListenerSets.
+                    properties:
+                      from:
+                        default: None
+                        description: |-
+                          From indicates where ListenerSets can attach to this Gateway. Possible
+                          values are:
+
+                          * Same: Only ListenerSets in the same namespace may be attached to this Gateway.
+                          * Selector: ListenerSets in namespaces selected by the selector may be attached to this Gateway.
+                          * All: ListenerSets in all namespaces may be attached to this Gateway.
+                          * None: Only listeners defined in the Gateway's spec are allowed
+
+                          While this feature is experimental, the default value None
+                        enum:
+                        - All
+                        - Selector
+                        - Same
+                        - None
+                        type: string
+                      selector:
+                        description: |-
+                          Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                          only ListenerSets in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                          Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+                        properties:
+                          matchExpressions:
+                            description: matchExpressions is a list of label selector
+                              requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                relates the key and values.
+                              properties:
+                                key:
+                                  description: key is the label key that the selector
+                                    applies to.
+                                  type: string
+                                operator:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                    Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                  type: string
+                                values:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                    the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                    the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                    merge patch.
+                                  items:
+                                    type: string
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                              required:
+                              - key
+                              - operator
+                              type: object
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                          matchLabels:
+                            additionalProperties:
+                              type: string
+                            description: |-
+                              matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                              map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                              operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                            type: object
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              backendTLS:
+                description: |-
+                  BackendTLS configures TLS settings for when this Gateway is connecting to
+                  backends with TLS.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                properties:
+                  clientCertificateRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ClientCertificateRef is a reference to an object that contains a Client
+                      Certificate and the associated private key.
+
+                      References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                      is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                      to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                      "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                      "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                      ClientCertificateRef can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                      Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                      This setting can be overridden on the service level by use of BackendTLSPolicy.
+
+                      Support: Core
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        default: ""
+                        description: |-
+                          Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                          When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        default: Secret
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Secret".
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                      namespace:
+                        description: |-
+                          Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                          namespace is inferred.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                          a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+                          Support: Core
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              gatewayClassName:
+                description: |-
+                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
+                  GatewayClass resource.
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                type: string
+              infrastructure:
+                description: |-
+                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  annotations:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                      maxLength: 4096
+                      minLength: 0
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
+                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
+                        up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
+                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  labels:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
+                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
+                        label validation rules:
+                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
+                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
+                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+
+                        Valid values include:
+
+                        * MyValue
+                        * my.name
+                        * 123-my-value
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 0
+                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.
+
+                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
+                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
+                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
+                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  parametersRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
+                      controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis
+
+                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
+                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                      "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - group
+                    - kind
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              listeners:
+                description: |-
+                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
+                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
+                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.
+
+                  ## Distinct Listeners
+
+                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
+                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
+                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
+                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
+                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
+                  apply in that case).
+
+                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
+                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.
+
+                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
+                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
+                  they support:
+
+                  HTTPRoute
+
+                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
+                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided
+
+                  TLSRoute
+
+                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough
+
+                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:
+
+                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
+                  Listener**.
+
+                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
+                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
+                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
+                  Listener fields.
+
+                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
+                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
+                  values for other fields.
+
+                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
+                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
+                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
+                  Gateway API spec.
+
+                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
+                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:
+
+                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
+                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port
+
+                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
+                  implementation:
+
+                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
+                    Listeners, and
+                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
+                    Protocol.
+
+                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
+                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.
+
+                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
+                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
+                  accepted.
+
+                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
+                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.
+
+                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname
+
+                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
+                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
+                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.
+
+                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
+                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
+                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
+                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.
+
+                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
+                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
+                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.
+
+                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
+                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.
+
+                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
+                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
+                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.
+
+                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners
+
+                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
+                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
+                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".
+
+                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
+                  purpose of this documentation.
+
+                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
+                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
+                  no Conflicted Listeners.
+
+                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
+                  the following rules:
+
+                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
+                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
+                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
+                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.
+
+                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
+                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
+                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
+                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
+                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
+                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.
+
+                  ## General Listener behavior
+
+                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
+                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
+                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
+                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).
+
+                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
+                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
+                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
+                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.
+
+                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
+                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
+                  conformance tests.
+
+                  ## Compatible Listeners
+
+                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:
+
+                  1. They are distinct.
+                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
+                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
+                     addresses.
+
+                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
+                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
+                  may not be compatible for another.
+
+                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
+                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
+                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.
+
+                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
+                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.
+
+                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
+                    network connections.
+                  properties:
+                    allowedRoutes:
+                      default:
+                        namespaces:
+                          from: Same
+                      description: |-
+                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
+                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
+                        present.
+
+                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
+                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria:
+
+                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
+                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
+                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
+                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
+                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
+                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.
+
+                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
+                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
+                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
+                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
+                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
+                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        kinds:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
+                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
+                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.
+
+                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
+                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
+                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
+                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
+                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          items:
+                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
+                              of a Route resource.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - kind
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 8
+                          type: array
+                        namespaces:
+                          default:
+                            from: Same
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
+                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            from:
+                              default: Same
+                              description: |-
+                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
+                                values are:
+
+                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
+                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
+                                  this Gateway.
+                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              enum:
+                              - All
+                              - Selector
+                              - Same
+                              type: string
+                            selector:
+                              description: |-
+                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              properties:
+                                matchExpressions:
+                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
+                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  items:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                      relates the key and values.
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: key is the label key that the
+                                          selector applies to.
+                                        type: string
+                                      operator:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                        type: string
+                                      values:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                          merge patch.
+                                        items:
+                                          type: string
+                                        type: array
+                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    required:
+                                    - key
+                                    - operator
+                                    type: object
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                matchLabels:
+                                  additionalProperties:
+                                    type: string
+                                  description: |-
+                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  type: object
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                    hostname:
+                      description: |-
+                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
+                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
+                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
+                        matching.
+
+                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
+                        the following protocols:
+
+                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
+                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
+                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
+                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
+                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.
+
+                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
+                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
+                        hostnames within the application protocol.
+
+                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
+                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
+                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
+                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.
+
+                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
+                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
+                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:
+
+                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
+                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
+                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
+                          does not match the Host:
+                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
+                              421.
+                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
+                              404.
+
+                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
+                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
+                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
+                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
+                        documentation.
+
+                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
+                        Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
+                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    protocol:
+                      description: |-
+                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 255
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
+                      type: string
+                    tls:
+                      description: |-
+                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
+                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
+                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".
+
+                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
+                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.
+
+                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
+                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        certificateRefs:
+                          description: |-
+                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
+                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
+                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
+                            associated listener.
+
+                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
+                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.
+
+                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
+                              defaulting to Secret.
+
+                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                              on the containing object.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: ""
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                default: Secret
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "Secret".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                              namespace:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                  namespace is inferred.
+
+                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                  documentation for details.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 64
+                          type: array
+                        frontendValidation:
+                          description: |-
+                            FrontendValidation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client).
+                            Setting this field will require clients to send a client certificate
+                            required for validation during the TLS handshake. In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing
+                            that requests a user to specify the client certificate.
+                            The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          properties:
+                            caCertificateRefs:
+                              description: |-
+                                CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to
+                                Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of
+                                the Certificate Authorities that can be used
+                                as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client.
+
+                                A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
+                                has "Core" support.
+                                Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to
+                                a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                                Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
+                                with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.
+
+                                Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
+                                of resources).
+
+                                References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                                is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                                to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                                "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                                "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+                              items:
+                                description: |-
+                                  ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace.
+
+                                  The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                                  be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                                  References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                                  be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                                  on the containing object.
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                      example "ConfigMap" or "Service".
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - group
+                                - kind
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                              maxItems: 8
+                              minItems: 1
+                              type: array
+                          type: object
+                        mode:
+                          default: Terminate
+                          description: |-
+                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
+                            There are two possible modes:
+
+                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
+                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
+                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
+                              field.
+                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
+                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
+                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
+                              is ignored in this mode.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Terminate
+                          - Passthrough
+                          type: string
+                        options:
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            description: |-
+                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                            maxLength: 4096
+                            minLength: 0
+                            type: string
+                          description: |-
+                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxProperties: 16
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
+                          mode is Terminate
+                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
+                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - protocol
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
+                    'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
+                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
+                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
+                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
+                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
+                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
+                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
+                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
+                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
+                    for each listener
+                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
+                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
+                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
+            required:
+            - gatewayClassName
+            - listeners
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Programmed
+            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
+                  Gateway.
+
+                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
+                  conditions:
+
+                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
+                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
+                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
+                items:
+                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
+                    is bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
+                        on the type and support by the controller.
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - value
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Programmed
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.
+
+                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
+                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
+                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
+                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.
+
+                  Known condition types are:
+
+                  * "Accepted"
+                  * "Programmed"
+                  * "Ready"
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              listeners:
+                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
+                  defined in the Spec.
+                items:
+                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
+                  properties:
+                    attachedRoutes:
+                      description: |-
+                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
+                        successfully attached to this Listener.
+
+                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
+                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
+                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
+                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
+                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
+                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
+                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
+                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
+                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
+                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
+                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.
+
+                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
+                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
+                      format: int32
+                      type: integer
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
+                        listener.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
+                        corresponds to.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    supportedKinds:
+                      description: |-
+                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
+                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
+                        that Listener configuration.
+
+                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
+                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
+                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
+                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
+                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
+                      items:
+                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
+                          a Route resource.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - kind
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                  required:
+                  - attachedRoutes
+                  - conditions
+                  - name
+                  - supportedKinds
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: GRPCRoute
+    listKind: GRPCRouteList
+    plural: grpcroutes
+    singular: grpcroute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header.
+          Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify
+          where matching requests will be routed.
+
+          GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the
+          following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation
+          supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an
+          implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement
+          unless explicitly indicated.
+
+          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST
+          accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via
+          ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the
+          "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of
+          "UnsupportedProtocol".  Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections
+          with an upgrade from HTTP/1.
+
+          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST
+          support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c,
+          https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial
+          upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge
+          (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation
+          does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False"
+          for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol".
+          Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from
+          HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC
+                  Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches
+                  the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label MUST appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there
+                  MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other
+                    hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by
+                  the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition
+                  with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a
+                  Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other
+                  type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is
+                  non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two
+                  routes, determined by the following criteria, in order:
+
+                  * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                  * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                    "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                  The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of
+                  'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                  any namespace to the Service.
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                  ParentRef of the Route.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                        any namespace to the Service.
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                        ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
+                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
+                    == p2.port))))
+              rules:
+                description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+
+                        See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        GRPCBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+                        Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+
+                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
+                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.
+
+                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
+                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.
+
+                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
+                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
+                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.
+
+                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
+                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
+                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified.
+                        This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support
+                          GRPCRoute.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        If an implementation cannot support a combination of filters, it must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+                            enum:
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - method:
+                            service: foo.bar
+                          headers:
+                            values:
+                              version: 2
+                        - method:
+                            service: foo.bar.v2
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2`
+                        - service of foo.bar.v2
+
+                        See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions to be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes.
+                        Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of:
+
+                        * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                        * Characters in a matching hostname.
+                        * Characters in a matching service.
+                        * Characters in a matching method.
+                        * Header matches.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence,
+                        matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting
+                        the above criteria.
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given
+                          action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will
+                          evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied.
+
+                          For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service
+                          is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:
+
+                          ```
+                          matches:
+                            - method:
+                              type: Exact
+                              service: "foo"
+                              headers:
+                            - name: "version"
+                              value "v1"
+
+                          ```
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched.
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: Type specifies how to match against
+                                    the value of the header.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is
+                              not specified, all services and methods will match.
+                            properties:
+                              method:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
+                                  match all services.
+
+                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                              service:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
+                                  match any service.
+
+                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                              type:
+                                default: Exact
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method.
+                                  Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be
+                                specified
+                              rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method)
+                                : true'
+                            - message: service must only contain valid characters
+                                (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$)
+                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
+                                has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""):
+                                true'
+                            - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$)
+                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
+                                has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""):
+                                true'
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    sessionPersistence:
+                      description: |-
+                        SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
+                        for the route rule.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        absoluteTimeout:
+                          description: |-
+                            AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
+                            session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
+                            session becomes invalid.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        cookieConfig:
+                          description: |-
+                            CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
+                            to cookie-based session persistence.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            lifetimeType:
+                              default: Session
+                              description: |-
+                                LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
+                                session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
+                                specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
+                                attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
+                                session ends.
+
+                                When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                                cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
+                                and is required.
+
+                                When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                                absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
+                                is optional.
+
+                                Defaults to "Session".
+
+                                Support: Core for "Session" type
+
+                                Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
+                              enum:
+                              - Permanent
+                              - Session
+                              type: string
+                          type: object
+                        idleTimeout:
+                          description: |-
+                            IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
+                            Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
+                            IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        sessionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
+                            which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
+                            should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
+                            consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxLength: 128
+                          type: string
+                        type:
+                          default: Cookie
+                          description: |-
+                            Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
+                            the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
+                            persistence.
+
+                            Support: Core for "Cookie" type
+
+                            Support: Extended for "Header" type
+                          enum:
+                          - Cookie
+                          - Header
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
+                          is Permanent
+                        rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
+                          || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? (has(self[0].matches) ? self[0].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 1 ? (has(self[1].matches) ? self[1].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? (has(self[2].matches) ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? (has(self[3].matches) ? self[3].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 4 ? (has(self[4].matches) ? self[4].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? (has(self[5].matches) ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? (has(self[6].matches) ? self[6].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 7 ? (has(self[7].matches) ? self[7].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? (has(self[8].matches) ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? (has(self[9].matches) ? self[9].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 10 ? (has(self[10].matches) ? self[10].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? (has(self[11].matches) ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? (has(self[12].matches) ? self[12].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 13 ? (has(self[13].matches) ? self[13].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? (has(self[14].matches) ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? (has(self[15].matches) ? self[15].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) <= 128'
+                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
+                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
+                    && l1.name == l2.name))
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: HTTPRoute
+    listKind: HTTPRouteList
+    plural: httproutes
+    singular: httproute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
+          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
+          requests should be routed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
+                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
+                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
+                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
+                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.
+
+                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
+                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
+                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
+                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
+                    not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
+                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
+                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
+                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
+                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:
+
+                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                  * Characters in a matching hostname.
+
+                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
+                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                  any namespace to the Service.
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                  ParentRef of the Route.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                        any namespace to the Service.
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                        ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
+                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
+                    == p2.port))))
+              rules:
+                default:
+                - matches:
+                  - path:
+                      type: PathPrefix
+                      value: /
+                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
+                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
+                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
+                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
+                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+
+                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
+                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.
+
+                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
+                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.
+
+                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
+                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
+                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.
+
+                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
+                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
+                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                cors:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    allowCredentials:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
+                                        to include credentials.
+
+                                        The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
+                                        header is true (case-sensitive).
+
+                                        If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
+                                        will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
+                                        than setting its value to false.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - true
+                                      type: boolean
+                                    allowHeaders:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
+                                        accessing the requested resource.
+
+                                        Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                        When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
+                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                        which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.
+
+                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
+                                        is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
+                                        header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
+                                        client side.
+
+                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                        does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
+                                        client side.
+
+                                        A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
+                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
+                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
+                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
+                                        HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
+                                        header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
+                                        the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
+                                        the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
+                                        request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                        response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
+                                        implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                          Valid values include:
+
+                                          * "Authorization"
+                                          * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                          Invalid values include:
+
+                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                        maxLength: 256
+                                        minLength: 1
+                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 64
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    allowMethods:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
+                                        requested resource.
+
+                                        Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
+                                        value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.
+
+                                        Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
+                                        (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)
+
+                                        Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
+                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                        A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
+                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
+                                        CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
+                                        are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                        When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
+                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
+                                        which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                        If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
+                                        is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
+                                        side.
+
+                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
+                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
+                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
+                                        in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
+                                        value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
+                                        `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
+                                        header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
+                                        the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
+                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
+                                        choose to add implementation-specific default methods.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        enum:
+                                        - GET
+                                        - HEAD
+                                        - POST
+                                        - PUT
+                                        - DELETE
+                                        - CONNECT
+                                        - OPTIONS
+                                        - TRACE
+                                        - PATCH
+                                        - '*'
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 9
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
+                                          other methods
+                                        rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
+                                    allowOrigins:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
+                                        resource from the given `Origin`.
+
+                                        The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
+                                        takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.
+
+                                        Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.
+
+                                        Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
+                                        available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
+                                        assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
+                                        origins. This may affect origin matching.
+
+                                        The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
+                                        wildcard characters behave as follows:
+
+                                        * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
+                                          DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
+                                          `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
+                                          left of its position.
+                                        * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.
+
+                                        An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
+                                        from all `Origin`s are allowed.
+
+                                        When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
+                                        means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
+                                        `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
+                                        the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
+                                        client.
+
+                                        The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
+                                        always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).
+
+                                        If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
+                                        the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
+                                        cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
+                                        403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
+                                        the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
+                                        Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.
+
+                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
+                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
+                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
+                                        in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
+                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
+                                        the client.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
+                                          encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
+                                          scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
+                                          include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
+                                          IP address as the host.
+                                        maxLength: 253
+                                        minLength: 1
+                                        pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 64
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    exposeHeaders:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
+                                        to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.
+
+                                        A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
+                                        that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
+                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
+                                        `Cache-Control`
+                                        `Content-Language`
+                                        `Content-Length`
+                                        `Content-Type`
+                                        `Expires`
+                                        `Last-Modified`
+                                        `Pragma`
+                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
+                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.
+
+                                        When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
+                                        this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
+                                        client.
+
+                                        Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
+                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                        A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
+                                        to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
+                                        use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
+                                        unspecified.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                          Valid values include:
+
+                                          * "Authorization"
+                                          * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                          Invalid values include:
+
+                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                        maxLength: 256
+                                        minLength: 1
+                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 64
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    maxAge:
+                                      default: 5
+                                      description: |-
+                                        MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
+                                        results of a "preflight" request.
+
+                                        The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
+                                        client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.
+
+                                        The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
+                                        (seconds).
+                                      format: int32
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                requestRedirect:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                    port:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+
+                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                        following rules:
+
+                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                          Listener port.
+
+                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                        header in the following cases:
+
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 65535
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                    scheme:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - http
+                                      - https
+                                      type: string
+                                    statusCode:
+                                      default: 302
+                                      description: |-
+                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      enum:
+                                      - 301
+                                      - 302
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations must support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                      specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - RequestRedirect
+                                  - URLRewrite
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  - CORS
+                                  type: string
+                                urlRewrite:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                        forwarding.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                  type: object
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
+                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
+                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not URLRewrite
+                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                                  filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not CORS
+                                rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
+                              - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
+                        they are specified.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
+                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
+                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
+                        that behavior.
+
+                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
+                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
+                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
+                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
+                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
+                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
+                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          cors:
+                            description: |-
+                              CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              allowCredentials:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
+                                  to include credentials.
+
+                                  The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
+                                  header is true (case-sensitive).
+
+                                  If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
+                                  will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
+                                  than setting its value to false.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - true
+                                type: boolean
+                              allowHeaders:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
+                                  accessing the requested resource.
+
+                                  Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                  When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
+                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                  which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.
+
+                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
+                                  is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
+                                  header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
+                                  client side.
+
+                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                  does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
+                                  client side.
+
+                                  A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
+                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
+                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
+                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
+                                  HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
+                                  header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
+                                  the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
+                                  the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
+                                  request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                  response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
+                                  implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                    Valid values include:
+
+                                    * "Authorization"
+                                    * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                    Invalid values include:
+
+                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 64
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              allowMethods:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
+                                  requested resource.
+
+                                  Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
+                                  value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.
+
+                                  Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
+                                  (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)
+
+                                  Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
+                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                  A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
+                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
+                                  CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
+                                  are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                  When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
+                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
+                                  which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                  If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
+                                  is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
+                                  side.
+
+                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
+                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
+                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
+                                  in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
+                                  value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
+                                  `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
+                                  header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
+                                  the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
+                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
+                                  choose to add implementation-specific default methods.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  enum:
+                                  - GET
+                                  - HEAD
+                                  - POST
+                                  - PUT
+                                  - DELETE
+                                  - CONNECT
+                                  - OPTIONS
+                                  - TRACE
+                                  - PATCH
+                                  - '*'
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 9
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
+                                    other methods
+                                  rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
+                              allowOrigins:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
+                                  resource from the given `Origin`.
+
+                                  The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
+                                  takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.
+
+                                  Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.
+
+                                  Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
+                                  available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
+                                  assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
+                                  origins. This may affect origin matching.
+
+                                  The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
+                                  wildcard characters behave as follows:
+
+                                  * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
+                                    DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
+                                    `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
+                                    left of its position.
+                                  * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.
+
+                                  An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
+                                  from all `Origin`s are allowed.
+
+                                  When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
+                                  means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
+                                  `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
+                                  the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
+                                  client.
+
+                                  The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
+                                  always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).
+
+                                  If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
+                                  the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
+                                  cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
+                                  403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
+                                  the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
+                                  Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.
+
+                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
+                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
+                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
+                                  in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
+                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
+                                  the client.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
+                                    encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
+                                    scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
+                                    include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
+                                    IP address as the host.
+                                  maxLength: 253
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 64
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              exposeHeaders:
+                                description: |-
+                                  ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
+                                  to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.
+
+                                  A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
+                                  that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
+                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
+                                  `Cache-Control`
+                                  `Content-Language`
+                                  `Content-Length`
+                                  `Content-Type`
+                                  `Expires`
+                                  `Last-Modified`
+                                  `Pragma`
+                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
+                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.
+
+                                  When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
+                                  this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
+                                  client.
+
+                                  Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
+                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                  A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
+                                  to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
+                                  use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
+                                  unspecified.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                    Valid values include:
+
+                                    * "Authorization"
+                                    * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                    Invalid values include:
+
+                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 64
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              maxAge:
+                                default: 5
+                                description: |-
+                                  MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
+                                  results of a "preflight" request.
+
+                                  The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
+                                  client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.
+
+                                  The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
+                                  (seconds).
+                                format: int32
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          requestRedirect:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                              port:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+
+                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                  following rules:
+
+                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                    Listener port.
+
+                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                  header in the following cases:
+
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 65535
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                              scheme:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - http
+                                - https
+                                type: string
+                              statusCode:
+                                default: 302
+                                description: |-
+                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                enum:
+                                - 301
+                                - 302
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations must support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                            enum:
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - RequestRedirect
+                            - URLRewrite
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            - CORS
+                            type: string
+                          urlRewrite:
+                            description: |-
+                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                  forwarding.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                            type: object
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestRedirect
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not URLRewrite
+                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type is not
+                            CORS
+                          rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
+                        - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
+                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
+                          1
+                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      default:
+                      - path:
+                          type: PathPrefix
+                          value: /
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/foo"
+                          headers:
+                          - name: "version"
+                            value: "v2"
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/v2/foo"
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
+                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`
+
+                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
+                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
+                        HTTP request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
+                        given to the match having:
+
+                        * "Exact" path match.
+                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
+                        * Method match.
+                        * Largest number of header matches.
+                        * Largest number of query param matches.
+
+                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
+                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
+                        criteria.
+
+                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
+                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
+                      items:
+                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
+                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
+                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
+                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
+                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
+                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
+                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
+                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+
+                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
+                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
+                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
+                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
+                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.
+
+                                    Support: Core (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
+                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
+                                    determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
+                                    be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
+                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
+                              specified method.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            enum:
+                            - GET
+                            - HEAD
+                            - POST
+                            - PUT
+                            - DELETE
+                            - CONNECT
+                            - OPTIONS
+                            - TRACE
+                            - PATCH
+                            type: string
+                          path:
+                            default:
+                              type: PathPrefix
+                              value: /
+                            description: |-
+                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
+                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
+                            properties:
+                              type:
+                                default: PathPrefix
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.
+
+                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - PathPrefix
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                              value:
+                                default: /
+                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
+                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
+                                'RegularExpression']
+                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
+                                == 'RegularExpression'
+                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
+                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
+                                : true'
+                          queryParams:
+                            description: |-
+                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
+                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
+                              specified query parameters to select the route.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
+                                query parameters.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
+                                    exact string match. (See
+                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.
+
+                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
+                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
+                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
+                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
+                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
+                                    the Gateway API.
+
+                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
+                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.
+
+                                    Support: Extended (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
+                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
+                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 1024
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    retry:
+                      description: |-
+                        Retry defines the configuration for when to retry an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        attempts:
+                          description: |-
+                            Attempts specifies the maximum number of times an individual request
+                            from the gateway to a backend should be retried.
+
+                            If the maximum number of retries has been attempted without a successful
+                            response from the backend, the Gateway MUST return an error.
+
+                            When this field is unspecified, the number of times to attempt to retry
+                            a backend request is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          type: integer
+                        backoff:
+                          description: |-
+                            Backoff specifies the minimum duration a Gateway should wait between
+                            retry attempts and is represented in Gateway API Duration formatting.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules[].retry.backoff` field to the value
+                            `100ms` will cause a backend request to first be retried approximately
+                            100 milliseconds after timing out or receiving a response code configured
+                            to be retryable.
+
+                            An implementation MAY use an exponential or alternative backoff strategy
+                            for subsequent retry attempts, MAY cap the maximum backoff duration to
+                            some amount greater than the specified minimum, and MAY add arbitrary
+                            jitter to stagger requests, as long as unsuccessful backend requests are
+                            not retried before the configured minimum duration.
+
+                            If a Request timeout (`rules[].timeouts.request`) is configured on the
+                            route, the entire duration of the initial request and any retry attempts
+                            MUST not exceed the Request timeout duration. If any retry attempts are
+                            still in progress when the Request timeout duration has been reached,
+                            these SHOULD be canceled if possible and the Gateway MUST immediately
+                            return a timeout error.
+
+                            If a BackendRequest timeout (`rules[].timeouts.backendRequest`) is
+                            configured on the route, any retry attempts which reach the configured
+                            BackendRequest timeout duration without a response SHOULD be canceled if
+                            possible and the Gateway should wait for at least the specified backoff
+                            duration before attempting to retry the backend request again.
+
+                            If a BackendRequest timeout is _not_ configured on the route, retry
+                            attempts MAY time out after an implementation default duration, or MAY
+                            remain pending until a configured Request timeout or implementation
+                            default duration for total request time is reached.
+
+                            When this field is unspecified, the time to wait between retry attempts
+                            is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        codes:
+                          description: |-
+                            Codes defines the HTTP response status codes for which a backend request
+                            should be retried.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              HTTPRouteRetryStatusCode defines an HTTP response status code for
+                              which a backend request should be retried.
+
+                              Implementations MUST support the following status codes as retryable:
+
+                              * 500
+                              * 502
+                              * 503
+                              * 504
+
+                              Implementations MAY support specifying additional discrete values in the
+                              500-599 range.
+
+                              Implementations MAY support specifying discrete values in the 400-499 range,
+                              which are often inadvisable to retry.
+                            maximum: 599
+                            minimum: 400
+                            type: integer
+                          type: array
+                      type: object
+                    sessionPersistence:
+                      description: |-
+                        SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
+                        for the route rule.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        absoluteTimeout:
+                          description: |-
+                            AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
+                            session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
+                            session becomes invalid.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        cookieConfig:
+                          description: |-
+                            CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
+                            to cookie-based session persistence.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            lifetimeType:
+                              default: Session
+                              description: |-
+                                LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
+                                session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
+                                specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
+                                attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
+                                session ends.
+
+                                When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                                cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
+                                and is required.
+
+                                When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                                absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
+                                is optional.
+
+                                Defaults to "Session".
+
+                                Support: Core for "Session" type
+
+                                Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
+                              enum:
+                              - Permanent
+                              - Session
+                              type: string
+                          type: object
+                        idleTimeout:
+                          description: |-
+                            IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
+                            Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
+                            IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        sessionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
+                            which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
+                            should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
+                            consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxLength: 128
+                          type: string
+                        type:
+                          default: Cookie
+                          description: |-
+                            Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
+                            the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
+                            persistence.
+
+                            Support: Core for "Cookie" type
+
+                            Support: Extended for "Header" type
+                          enum:
+                          - Cookie
+                          - Header
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
+                          is Permanent
+                        rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
+                          || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
+                    timeouts:
+                      description: |-
+                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        backendRequest:
+                          description: |-
+                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
+                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
+                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
+                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
+                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.
+
+                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
+                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
+                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
+                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        request:
+                          description: |-
+                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
+                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
+                            MUST return a timeout error.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
+                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
+                            to complete.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
+                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
+                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
+                            initiated by the client.
+
+                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
+                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
+                          timeout
+                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
+                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
+                          > duration(self.request))'
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
+                      backendRefs
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
+                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
+                      true'
+                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
+                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
+                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
+                      be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
+                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
+                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
+                      specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
+                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
+                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
+                    && l1.name == l2.name))
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
+          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
+          requests should be routed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
+                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
+                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
+                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
+                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.
+
+                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
+                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
+                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
+                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
+                    not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
+                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
+                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
+                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
+                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:
+
+                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                  * Characters in a matching hostname.
+
+                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
+                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                  any namespace to the Service.
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                  ParentRef of the Route.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                        any namespace to the Service.
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                        ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
+                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
+                    == p2.port))))
+              rules:
+                default:
+                - matches:
+                  - path:
+                      type: PathPrefix
+                      value: /
+                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
+                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
+                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
+                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
+                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+
+                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
+                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.
+
+                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
+                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.
+
+                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
+                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
+                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.
+
+                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
+                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
+                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                cors:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    allowCredentials:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
+                                        to include credentials.
+
+                                        The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
+                                        header is true (case-sensitive).
+
+                                        If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
+                                        will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
+                                        than setting its value to false.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - true
+                                      type: boolean
+                                    allowHeaders:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
+                                        accessing the requested resource.
+
+                                        Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                        When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
+                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                        which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.
+
+                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
+                                        is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
+                                        header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
+                                        client side.
+
+                                        If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                        does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
+                                        client side.
+
+                                        A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
+                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
+                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
+                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
+                                        HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
+                                        header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
+                                        the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
+                                        the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
+                                        request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                        response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
+                                        implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                          Valid values include:
+
+                                          * "Authorization"
+                                          * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                          Invalid values include:
+
+                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                        maxLength: 256
+                                        minLength: 1
+                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 64
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    allowMethods:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
+                                        requested resource.
+
+                                        Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
+                                        value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.
+
+                                        Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
+                                        (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)
+
+                                        Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
+                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                        A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
+                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
+                                        CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
+                                        are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                        When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
+                                        gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
+                                        which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                        If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
+                                        is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
+                                        side.
+
+                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
+                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
+                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
+                                        in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
+                                        value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
+                                        `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
+                                        header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
+                                        the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
+                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
+                                        choose to add implementation-specific default methods.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        enum:
+                                        - GET
+                                        - HEAD
+                                        - POST
+                                        - PUT
+                                        - DELETE
+                                        - CONNECT
+                                        - OPTIONS
+                                        - TRACE
+                                        - PATCH
+                                        - '*'
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 9
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
+                                          other methods
+                                        rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
+                                    allowOrigins:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
+                                        resource from the given `Origin`.
+
+                                        The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
+                                        takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.
+
+                                        Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.
+
+                                        Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
+                                        available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
+                                        assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
+                                        origins. This may affect origin matching.
+
+                                        The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
+                                        wildcard characters behave as follows:
+
+                                        * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
+                                          DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
+                                          `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
+                                          left of its position.
+                                        * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.
+
+                                        An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
+                                        from all `Origin`s are allowed.
+
+                                        When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
+                                        means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
+                                        `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
+                                        the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
+                                        client.
+
+                                        The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
+                                        always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).
+
+                                        If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
+                                        the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
+                                        cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
+                                        403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
+                                        the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
+                                        Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.
+
+                                        The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
+                                        wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                        When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
+                                        specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
+                                        in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
+                                        instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
+                                        the client.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
+                                          encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
+                                          scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
+                                          include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
+                                          IP address as the host.
+                                        maxLength: 253
+                                        minLength: 1
+                                        pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 64
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    exposeHeaders:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
+                                        to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.
+
+                                        A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
+                                        that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
+                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
+                                        `Cache-Control`
+                                        `Content-Language`
+                                        `Content-Length`
+                                        `Content-Type`
+                                        `Expires`
+                                        `Last-Modified`
+                                        `Pragma`
+                                        (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
+                                        The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.
+
+                                        When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
+                                        this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
+                                        client.
+
+                                        Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                        Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
+                                        response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                        A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
+                                        to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
+                                        use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
+                                        unspecified.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      items:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                          Valid values include:
+
+                                          * "Authorization"
+                                          * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                          Invalid values include:
+
+                                            - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                              headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                            - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                        maxLength: 256
+                                        minLength: 1
+                                        pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 64
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    maxAge:
+                                      default: 5
+                                      description: |-
+                                        MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
+                                        results of a "preflight" request.
+
+                                        The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
+                                        `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
+                                        client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.
+
+                                        The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
+                                        (seconds).
+                                      format: int32
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                requestRedirect:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                    port:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+
+                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                        following rules:
+
+                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                          Listener port.
+
+                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                        header in the following cases:
+
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 65535
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                    scheme:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - http
+                                      - https
+                                      type: string
+                                    statusCode:
+                                      default: 302
+                                      description: |-
+                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      enum:
+                                      - 301
+                                      - 302
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations must support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                      specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - RequestRedirect
+                                  - URLRewrite
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  - CORS
+                                  type: string
+                                urlRewrite:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                        forwarding.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                  type: object
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
+                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
+                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not URLRewrite
+                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                                  filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not CORS
+                                rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
+                              - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
+                        they are specified.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
+                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
+                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
+                        that behavior.
+
+                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
+                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
+                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
+                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
+                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
+                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
+                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          cors:
+                            description: |-
+                              CORS defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              cross-origin request based on HTTP response header.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              allowCredentials:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowCredentials indicates whether the actual cross-origin request allows
+                                  to include credentials.
+
+                                  The only valid value for the `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` response
+                                  header is true (case-sensitive).
+
+                                  If the credentials are not allowed in cross-origin requests, the gateway
+                                  will omit the header `Access-Control-Allow-Credentials` entirely rather
+                                  than setting its value to false.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - true
+                                type: boolean
+                              allowHeaders:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowHeaders indicates which HTTP request headers are supported for
+                                  accessing the requested resource.
+
+                                  Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                  When the `AllowHeaders` field is configured with one or more headers, the
+                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                  which value is present in the `AllowHeaders` field.
+
+                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header
+                                  is not included in the list of header names specified by the response
+                                  header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`, it will present an error on the
+                                  client side.
+
+                                  If any header name in the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header
+                                  does not recognize by the client, it will also occur an error on the
+                                  client side.
+
+                                  A wildcard indicates that the requests with all HTTP headers are allowed.
+                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response header can only use `*`
+                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowHeaders` field
+                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one or more
+                                  HTTP headers in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response
+                                  header. The value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` is same as
+                                  the `Access-Control-Request-Headers` header provided by the client. If
+                                  the header `Access-Control-Request-Headers` is not included in the
+                                  request, the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+                                  response header, instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway
+                                  implementation may choose to add implementation-specific default headers.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                    Valid values include:
+
+                                    * "Authorization"
+                                    * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                    Invalid values include:
+
+                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 64
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              allowMethods:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowMethods indicates which HTTP methods are supported for accessing the
+                                  requested resource.
+
+                                  Valid values are any method defined by RFC9110, along with the special
+                                  value `*`, which represents all HTTP methods are allowed.
+
+                                  Method names are case sensitive, so these values are also case-sensitive.
+                                  (See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616#section-5.1.1)
+
+                                  Multiple method names in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`
+                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                  A CORS-safelisted method is a method that is `GET`, `HEAD`, or `POST`.
+                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-method) The
+                                  CORS-safelisted methods are always allowed, regardless of whether they
+                                  are specified in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                  When the `AllowMethods` field is configured with one or more methods, the
+                                  gateway must return the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header
+                                  which value is present in the `AllowMethods` field.
+
+                                  If the HTTP method of the `Access-Control-Request-Method` request header
+                                  is not included in the list of methods specified by the response header
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Methods`, it will present an error on the client
+                                  side.
+
+                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header can only use `*`
+                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowMethods` field
+                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must specify one HTTP method
+                                  in the value of the Access-Control-Allow-Methods response header. The
+                                  value of the header `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` is same as the
+                                  `Access-Control-Request-Method` header provided by the client. If the
+                                  header `Access-Control-Request-Method` is not included in the request,
+                                  the gateway will omit the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` response header,
+                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. A Gateway implementation may
+                                  choose to add implementation-specific default methods.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  enum:
+                                  - GET
+                                  - HEAD
+                                  - POST
+                                  - PUT
+                                  - DELETE
+                                  - CONNECT
+                                  - OPTIONS
+                                  - TRACE
+                                  - PATCH
+                                  - '*'
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 9
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: AllowMethods cannot contain '*' alongside
+                                    other methods
+                                  rule: '!(''*'' in self && self.size() > 1)'
+                              allowOrigins:
+                                description: |-
+                                  AllowOrigins indicates whether the response can be shared with requested
+                                  resource from the given `Origin`.
+
+                                  The `Origin` consists of a scheme and a host, with an optional port, and
+                                  takes the form `<scheme>://<host>(:<port>)`.
+
+                                  Valid values for scheme are: `http` and `https`.
+
+                                  Valid values for port are any integer between 1 and 65535 (the list of
+                                  available TCP/UDP ports). Note that, if not included, port `80` is
+                                  assumed for `http` scheme origins, and port `443` is assumed for `https`
+                                  origins. This may affect origin matching.
+
+                                  The host part of the origin may contain the wildcard character `*`. These
+                                  wildcard characters behave as follows:
+
+                                  * `*` is a greedy match to the _left_, including any number of
+                                    DNS labels to the left of its position. This also means that
+                                    `*` will include any number of period `.` characters to the
+                                    left of its position.
+                                  * A wildcard by itself matches all hosts.
+
+                                  An origin value that includes _only_ the `*` character indicates requests
+                                  from all `Origin`s are allowed.
+
+                                  When the `AllowOrigins` field is configured with multiple origins, it
+                                  means the server supports clients from multiple origins. If the request
+                                  `Origin` matches the configured allowed origins, the gateway must return
+                                  the given `Origin` and sets value of the header
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` same as the `Origin` header provided by the
+                                  client.
+
+                                  The status code of a successful response to a "preflight" request is
+                                  always an OK status (i.e., 204 or 200).
+
+                                  If the request `Origin` does not match the configured allowed origins,
+                                  the gateway returns 204/200 response but doesn't set the relevant
+                                  cross-origin response headers. Alternatively, the gateway responds with
+                                  403 status to the "preflight" request is denied, coupled with omitting
+                                  the CORS headers. The cross-origin request fails on the client side.
+                                  Therefore, the client doesn't attempt the actual cross-origin request.
+
+                                  The `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header can only use `*`
+                                  wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is unspecified.
+
+                                  When the `AllowCredentials` field is specified and `AllowOrigins` field
+                                  specified with the `*` wildcard, the gateway must return a single origin
+                                  in the value of the `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` response header,
+                                  instead of specifying the `*` wildcard. The value of the header
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Origin` is same as the `Origin` header provided by
+                                  the client.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    The AbsoluteURI MUST NOT be a relative URI, and it MUST follow the URI syntax and
+                                    encoding rules specified in RFC3986.  The AbsoluteURI MUST include both a
+                                    scheme (e.g., "http" or "spiffe") and a scheme-specific-part.  URIs that
+                                    include an authority MUST include a fully qualified domain name or
+                                    IP address as the host.
+                                  maxLength: 253
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^(([^:/?#]+):)(//([^/?#]*))([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))?
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 64
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              exposeHeaders:
+                                description: |-
+                                  ExposeHeaders indicates which HTTP response headers can be exposed
+                                  to client-side scripts in response to a cross-origin request.
+
+                                  A CORS-safelisted response header is an HTTP header in a CORS response
+                                  that it is considered safe to expose to the client scripts.
+                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers include the following headers:
+                                  `Cache-Control`
+                                  `Content-Language`
+                                  `Content-Length`
+                                  `Content-Type`
+                                  `Expires`
+                                  `Last-Modified`
+                                  `Pragma`
+                                  (See https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/#cors-safelisted-response-header-name)
+                                  The CORS-safelisted response headers are exposed to client by default.
+
+                                  When an HTTP header name is specified using the `ExposeHeaders` field,
+                                  this additional header will be exposed as part of the response to the
+                                  client.
+
+                                  Header names are not case sensitive.
+
+                                  Multiple header names in the value of the `Access-Control-Expose-Headers`
+                                  response header are separated by a comma (",").
+
+                                  A wildcard indicates that the responses with all HTTP headers are exposed
+                                  to clients. The `Access-Control-Expose-Headers` response header can only
+                                  use `*` wildcard as value when the `AllowCredentials` field is
+                                  unspecified.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                items:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    HTTPHeaderName is the name of an HTTP header.
+
+                                    Valid values include:
+
+                                    * "Authorization"
+                                    * "Set-Cookie"
+
+                                    Invalid values include:
+
+                                      - ":method" - ":" is an invalid character. This means that HTTP/2 pseudo
+                                        headers are not currently supported by this type.
+                                      - "/invalid" - "/ " is an invalid character
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 64
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              maxAge:
+                                default: 5
+                                description: |-
+                                  MaxAge indicates the duration (in seconds) for the client to cache the
+                                  results of a "preflight" request.
+
+                                  The information provided by the `Access-Control-Allow-Methods` and
+                                  `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` response headers can be cached by the
+                                  client until the time specified by `Access-Control-Max-Age` elapses.
+
+                                  The default value of `Access-Control-Max-Age` response header is 5
+                                  (seconds).
+                                format: int32
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          requestRedirect:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                              port:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+
+                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                  following rules:
+
+                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                    Listener port.
+
+                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                  header in the following cases:
+
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 65535
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                              scheme:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - http
+                                - https
+                                type: string
+                              statusCode:
+                                default: 302
+                                description: |-
+                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                enum:
+                                - 301
+                                - 302
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations must support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                            enum:
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - RequestRedirect
+                            - URLRewrite
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            - CORS
+                            type: string
+                          urlRewrite:
+                            description: |-
+                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                  forwarding.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                            type: object
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestRedirect
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not URLRewrite
+                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.cors must be nil if the filter.type is not
+                            CORS
+                          rule: '!(has(self.cors) && self.type != ''CORS'')'
+                        - message: filter.cors must be specified for CORS filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.cors) && self.type == ''CORS'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
+                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
+                          1
+                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      default:
+                      - path:
+                          type: PathPrefix
+                          value: /
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/foo"
+                          headers:
+                          - name: "version"
+                            value: "v2"
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/v2/foo"
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
+                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`
+
+                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
+                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
+                        HTTP request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
+                        given to the match having:
+
+                        * "Exact" path match.
+                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
+                        * Method match.
+                        * Largest number of header matches.
+                        * Largest number of query param matches.
+
+                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
+                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
+                        criteria.
+
+                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
+                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
+                      items:
+                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
+                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
+                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
+                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
+                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
+                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
+                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
+                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+
+                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
+                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
+                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
+                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
+                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.
+
+                                    Support: Core (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
+                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
+                                    determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
+                                    be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
+                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
+                              specified method.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            enum:
+                            - GET
+                            - HEAD
+                            - POST
+                            - PUT
+                            - DELETE
+                            - CONNECT
+                            - OPTIONS
+                            - TRACE
+                            - PATCH
+                            type: string
+                          path:
+                            default:
+                              type: PathPrefix
+                              value: /
+                            description: |-
+                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
+                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
+                            properties:
+                              type:
+                                default: PathPrefix
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.
+
+                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - PathPrefix
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                              value:
+                                default: /
+                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
+                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
+                                'RegularExpression']
+                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
+                                == 'RegularExpression'
+                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
+                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
+                                : true'
+                          queryParams:
+                            description: |-
+                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
+                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
+                              specified query parameters to select the route.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
+                                query parameters.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
+                                    exact string match. (See
+                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.
+
+                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
+                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
+                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
+                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
+                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
+                                    the Gateway API.
+
+                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
+                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.
+
+                                    Support: Extended (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
+                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
+                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 1024
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    retry:
+                      description: |-
+                        Retry defines the configuration for when to retry an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        attempts:
+                          description: |-
+                            Attempts specifies the maximum number of times an individual request
+                            from the gateway to a backend should be retried.
+
+                            If the maximum number of retries has been attempted without a successful
+                            response from the backend, the Gateway MUST return an error.
+
+                            When this field is unspecified, the number of times to attempt to retry
+                            a backend request is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          type: integer
+                        backoff:
+                          description: |-
+                            Backoff specifies the minimum duration a Gateway should wait between
+                            retry attempts and is represented in Gateway API Duration formatting.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules[].retry.backoff` field to the value
+                            `100ms` will cause a backend request to first be retried approximately
+                            100 milliseconds after timing out or receiving a response code configured
+                            to be retryable.
+
+                            An implementation MAY use an exponential or alternative backoff strategy
+                            for subsequent retry attempts, MAY cap the maximum backoff duration to
+                            some amount greater than the specified minimum, and MAY add arbitrary
+                            jitter to stagger requests, as long as unsuccessful backend requests are
+                            not retried before the configured minimum duration.
+
+                            If a Request timeout (`rules[].timeouts.request`) is configured on the
+                            route, the entire duration of the initial request and any retry attempts
+                            MUST not exceed the Request timeout duration. If any retry attempts are
+                            still in progress when the Request timeout duration has been reached,
+                            these SHOULD be canceled if possible and the Gateway MUST immediately
+                            return a timeout error.
+
+                            If a BackendRequest timeout (`rules[].timeouts.backendRequest`) is
+                            configured on the route, any retry attempts which reach the configured
+                            BackendRequest timeout duration without a response SHOULD be canceled if
+                            possible and the Gateway should wait for at least the specified backoff
+                            duration before attempting to retry the backend request again.
+
+                            If a BackendRequest timeout is _not_ configured on the route, retry
+                            attempts MAY time out after an implementation default duration, or MAY
+                            remain pending until a configured Request timeout or implementation
+                            default duration for total request time is reached.
+
+                            When this field is unspecified, the time to wait between retry attempts
+                            is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        codes:
+                          description: |-
+                            Codes defines the HTTP response status codes for which a backend request
+                            should be retried.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              HTTPRouteRetryStatusCode defines an HTTP response status code for
+                              which a backend request should be retried.
+
+                              Implementations MUST support the following status codes as retryable:
+
+                              * 500
+                              * 502
+                              * 503
+                              * 504
+
+                              Implementations MAY support specifying additional discrete values in the
+                              500-599 range.
+
+                              Implementations MAY support specifying discrete values in the 400-499 range,
+                              which are often inadvisable to retry.
+                            maximum: 599
+                            minimum: 400
+                            type: integer
+                          type: array
+                      type: object
+                    sessionPersistence:
+                      description: |-
+                        SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
+                        for the route rule.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        absoluteTimeout:
+                          description: |-
+                            AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
+                            session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
+                            session becomes invalid.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        cookieConfig:
+                          description: |-
+                            CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
+                            to cookie-based session persistence.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            lifetimeType:
+                              default: Session
+                              description: |-
+                                LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
+                                session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
+                                specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
+                                attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
+                                session ends.
+
+                                When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                                cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
+                                and is required.
+
+                                When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                                absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
+                                is optional.
+
+                                Defaults to "Session".
+
+                                Support: Core for "Session" type
+
+                                Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
+                              enum:
+                              - Permanent
+                              - Session
+                              type: string
+                          type: object
+                        idleTimeout:
+                          description: |-
+                            IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
+                            Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
+                            IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        sessionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
+                            which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
+                            should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
+                            consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxLength: 128
+                          type: string
+                        type:
+                          default: Cookie
+                          description: |-
+                            Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
+                            the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
+                            persistence.
+
+                            Support: Core for "Cookie" type
+
+                            Support: Extended for "Header" type
+                          enum:
+                          - Cookie
+                          - Header
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
+                          is Permanent
+                        rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
+                          || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
+                    timeouts:
+                      description: |-
+                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        backendRequest:
+                          description: |-
+                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
+                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
+                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
+                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
+                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.
+
+                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
+                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
+                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
+                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        request:
+                          description: |-
+                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
+                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
+                            MUST return a timeout error.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
+                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
+                            to complete.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
+                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
+                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
+                            initiated by the client.
+
+                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
+                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
+                          timeout
+                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
+                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
+                          > duration(self.request))'
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
+                      backendRefs
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
+                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
+                      true'
+                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
+                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
+                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
+                      be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
+                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
+                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
+                      specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
+                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
+                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
+                    && l1.name == l2.name))
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: ReferenceGrant
+    listKind: ReferenceGrantList
+    plural: referencegrants
+    shortNames:
+    - refgrant
+    singular: referencegrant
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are
+          trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace
+          as the policy.
+
+          Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship.
+          Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted
+          sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within.
+
+          All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace
+          Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant.
+
+          ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert
+          which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that
+          support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have
+          no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access
+          that the grant allowed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant.
+            properties:
+              from:
+                description: |-
+                  From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the
+                  resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered
+                  to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put
+                  this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and
+                    kinds.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
+                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
+                        support level for this field.
+
+                        When used to permit a SecretObjectReference:
+
+                        * Gateway
+
+                        When used to permit a BackendObjectReference:
+
+                        * GRPCRoute
+                        * HTTPRoute
+                        * TCPRoute
+                        * TLSRoute
+                        * UDPRoute
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  - namespace
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+              to:
+                description: |-
+                  To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources
+                  described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an
+                  additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another
+                  way, entries MUST be combined using OR.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the
+                    references.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
+                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
+                        support level for this field:
+
+                        * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference
+                        * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy
+                        refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local
+                        namespace.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - from
+            - to
+            type: object
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tcproutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: tcproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: TCPRoute
+    listKind: TCPRouteList
+    plural: tcproutes
+    singular: tcproute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1alpha2
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          TCPRoute provides a way to route TCP requests. When combined with a Gateway
+          listener, it can be used to forward connections on the port specified by the
+          listener to a set of backends specified by the TCPRoute.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of TCPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                  any namespace to the Service.
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                  ParentRef of the Route.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                        any namespace to the Service.
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                        ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
+                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
+                    == p2.port))))
+              rules:
+                description: Rules are a list of TCP matchers and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: TCPRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule.
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or a
+                        Service with no endpoints), the underlying implementation MUST actively
+                        reject connection attempts to this backend. Connection rejections must
+                        respect weight; if an invalid backend is requested to have 80% of
+                        connections, then 80% of connections must be rejected instead.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Extended
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes
+                          resource.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+
+                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
+                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.
+
+                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
+                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.
+
+                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
+                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
+                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.
+
+                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
+                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
+                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
+
+
+                          Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation,
+                          there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields
+                          where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
+                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
+                    && l1.name == l2.name))
+            required:
+            - rules
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of TCPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_tlsroutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: tlsroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: TLSRoute
+    listKind: TLSRouteList
+    plural: tlsroutes
+    singular: tlsroute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1alpha2
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          The TLSRoute resource is similar to TCPRoute, but can be configured
+          to match against TLS-specific metadata. This allows more flexibility
+          in matching streams for a given TLS listener.
+
+          If you need to forward traffic to a single target for a TLS listener, you
+          could choose to use a TCPRoute with a TLS listener.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of TLSRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of SNI names that should match against the
+                  SNI attribute of TLS ClientHello message in TLS handshake. This matches
+                  the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed in SNI names per RFC 6066.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and TLSRoute, there
+                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the TLSRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches TLSRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other
+                    hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  TLSRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  TLSRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and TLSRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the TLSRoute is not accepted. The
+                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
+                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                  any namespace to the Service.
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                  ParentRef of the Route.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                        any namespace to the Service.
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                        ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
+                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
+                    == p2.port))))
+              rules:
+                description: Rules are a list of TLS matchers and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: TLSRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule.
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or
+                        a Service with no endpoints), the rule performs no forwarding; if no
+                        filters are specified that would result in a response being sent, the
+                        underlying implementation must actively reject request attempts to this
+                        backend, by rejecting the connection or returning a 500 status code.
+                        Request rejections must respect weight; if an invalid backend is
+                        requested to have 80% of requests, then 80% of requests must be rejected
+                        instead.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Extended
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes
+                          resource.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+
+                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
+                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.
+
+                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
+                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.
+
+                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
+                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
+                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.
+
+                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
+                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
+                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
+
+
+                          Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation,
+                          there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields
+                          where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
+                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
+                    && l1.name == l2.name))
+            required:
+            - rules
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of TLSRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.k8s.io_udproutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: udproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: UDPRoute
+    listKind: UDPRouteList
+    plural: udproutes
+    singular: udproute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1alpha2
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          UDPRoute provides a way to route UDP traffic. When combined with a Gateway
+          listener, it can be used to forward traffic on the port specified by the
+          listener to a set of backends specified by the UDPRoute.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of UDPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                  routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                  any namespace to the Service.
+
+                  ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                  "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                  connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                  the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                  ParentRef of the Route.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                        routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                        any namespace to the Service.
+
+                        ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                        "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                        connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                        the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                        ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                        Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                        the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName or port must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__)) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''') && (!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) == (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)): true))'
+                - message: sectionName or port must be unique when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || ( has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName)) && (((!has(p1.port) || p1.port == 0) && (!has(p2.port)
+                    || p2.port == 0)) || (has(p1.port) && has(p2.port) && p1.port
+                    == p2.port))))
+              rules:
+                description: Rules are a list of UDP matchers and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: UDPRouteRule is the configuration for a given rule.
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent. If unspecified or invalid (refers to a nonexistent resource or a
+                        Service with no endpoints), the underlying implementation MUST actively
+                        reject connection attempts to this backend. Packet drops must
+                        respect weight; if an invalid backend is requested to have 80% of
+                        the packets, then 80% of packets must be dropped instead.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Extended
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          BackendRef defines how a Route should forward a request to a Kubernetes
+                          resource.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+
+
+                          When the BackendRef points to a Kubernetes Service, implementations SHOULD
+                          honor the appProtocol field if it is set for the target Service Port.
+
+                          Implementations supporting appProtocol SHOULD recognize the Kubernetes
+                          Standard Application Protocols defined in KEP-3726.
+
+                          If a Service appProtocol isn't specified, an implementation MAY infer the
+                          backend protocol through its own means. Implementations MAY infer the
+                          protocol from the Route type referring to the backend Service.
+
+                          If a Route is not able to send traffic to the backend using the specified
+                          protocol then the backend is considered invalid. Implementations MUST set the
+                          "ResolvedRefs" condition to "False" with the "UnsupportedProtocol" reason.
+
+
+                          Note that when the BackendTLSPolicy object is enabled by the implementation,
+                          there are some extra rules about validity to consider here. See the fields
+                          where this struct is used for more information about the exact behavior.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the route rule. This name MUST be unique within a Route if it is set.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Rule name must be unique within the route
+                  rule: self.all(l1, !has(l1.name) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.name)
+                    && l1.name == l2.name))
+            required:
+            - rules
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of UDPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xbackendtrafficpolicies.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  labels:
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/policy: Direct
+  name: xbackendtrafficpolicies.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: XBackendTrafficPolicy
+    listKind: XBackendTrafficPolicyList
+    plural: xbackendtrafficpolicies
+    shortNames:
+    - xbtrafficpolicy
+    singular: xbackendtrafficpolicy
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1alpha1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          XBackendTrafficPolicy defines the configuration for how traffic to a
+          target backend should be handled.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of BackendTrafficPolicy.
+            properties:
+              retryConstraint:
+                description: |-
+                  RetryConstraint defines the configuration for when to allow or prevent
+                  further retries to a target backend, by dynamically calculating a 'retry
+                  budget'. This budget is calculated based on the percentage of incoming
+                  traffic composed of retries over a given time interval. Once the budget
+                  is exceeded, additional retries will be rejected.
+
+                  For example, if the retry budget interval is 10 seconds, there have been
+                  1000 active requests in the past 10 seconds, and the allowed percentage
+                  of requests that can be retried is 20% (the default), then 200 of those
+                  requests may be composed of retries. Active requests will only be
+                  considered for the duration of the interval when calculating the retry
+                  budget. Retrying the same original request multiple times within the
+                  retry budget interval will lead to each retry being counted towards
+                  calculating the budget.
+
+                  Configuring a RetryConstraint in BackendTrafficPolicy is compatible with
+                  HTTPRoute Retry settings for each HTTPRouteRule that targets the same
+                  backend. While the HTTPRouteRule Retry stanza can specify whether a
+                  request will be retried, and the number of retry attempts each client
+                  may perform, RetryConstraint helps prevent cascading failures such as
+                  retry storms during periods of consistent failures.
+
+                  After the retry budget has been exceeded, additional retries to the
+                  backend MUST return a 503 response to the client.
+
+                  Additional configurations for defining a constraint on retries MAY be
+                  defined in the future.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  budget:
+                    default:
+                      interval: 10s
+                      percent: 20
+                    description: Budget holds the details of the retry budget configuration.
+                    properties:
+                      interval:
+                        default: 10s
+                        description: |-
+                          Interval defines the duration in which requests will be considered
+                          for calculating the budget for retries.
+
+                          Support: Extended
+                        pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                        type: string
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: interval can not be greater than one hour or less
+                            than one second
+                          rule: '!(duration(self) < duration(''1s'') || duration(self)
+                            > duration(''1h''))'
+                      percent:
+                        default: 20
+                        description: |-
+                          Percent defines the maximum percentage of active requests that may
+                          be made up of retries.
+
+                          Support: Extended
+                        maximum: 100
+                        minimum: 0
+                        type: integer
+                    type: object
+                  minRetryRate:
+                    default:
+                      count: 10
+                      interval: 1s
+                    description: |-
+                      MinRetryRate defines the minimum rate of retries that will be allowable
+                      over a specified duration of time.
+
+                      The effective overall minimum rate of retries targeting the backend
+                      service may be much higher, as there can be any number of clients which
+                      are applying this setting locally.
+
+                      This ensures that requests can still be retried during periods of low
+                      traffic, where the budget for retries may be calculated as a very low
+                      value.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    properties:
+                      count:
+                        description: |-
+                          Count specifies the number of requests per time interval.
+
+                          Support: Extended
+                        maximum: 1000000
+                        minimum: 1
+                        type: integer
+                      interval:
+                        description: |-
+                          Interval specifies the divisor of the rate of requests, the amount of
+                          time during which the given count of requests occur.
+
+                          Support: Extended
+                        pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                        type: string
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: interval can not be greater than one hour
+                          rule: '!(duration(self) == duration(''0s'') || duration(self)
+                            > duration(''1h''))'
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              sessionPersistence:
+                description: |-
+                  SessionPersistence defines and configures session persistence
+                  for the backend.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  absoluteTimeout:
+                    description: |-
+                      AbsoluteTimeout defines the absolute timeout of the persistent
+                      session. Once the AbsoluteTimeout duration has elapsed, the
+                      session becomes invalid.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                    type: string
+                  cookieConfig:
+                    description: |-
+                      CookieConfig provides configuration settings that are specific
+                      to cookie-based session persistence.
+
+                      Support: Core
+                    properties:
+                      lifetimeType:
+                        default: Session
+                        description: |-
+                          LifetimeType specifies whether the cookie has a permanent or
+                          session-based lifetime. A permanent cookie persists until its
+                          specified expiry time, defined by the Expires or Max-Age cookie
+                          attributes, while a session cookie is deleted when the current
+                          session ends.
+
+                          When set to "Permanent", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                          cookie's lifetime via the Expires or Max-Age cookie attributes
+                          and is required.
+
+                          When set to "Session", AbsoluteTimeout indicates the
+                          absolute lifetime of the cookie tracked by the gateway and
+                          is optional.
+
+                          Defaults to "Session".
+
+                          Support: Core for "Session" type
+
+                          Support: Extended for "Permanent" type
+                        enum:
+                        - Permanent
+                        - Session
+                        type: string
+                    type: object
+                  idleTimeout:
+                    description: |-
+                      IdleTimeout defines the idle timeout of the persistent session.
+                      Once the session has been idle for more than the specified
+                      IdleTimeout duration, the session becomes invalid.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                    type: string
+                  sessionName:
+                    description: |-
+                      SessionName defines the name of the persistent session token
+                      which may be reflected in the cookie or the header. Users
+                      should avoid reusing session names to prevent unintended
+                      consequences, such as rejection or unpredictable behavior.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    maxLength: 128
+                    type: string
+                  type:
+                    default: Cookie
+                    description: |-
+                      Type defines the type of session persistence such as through
+                      the use a header or cookie. Defaults to cookie based session
+                      persistence.
+
+                      Support: Core for "Cookie" type
+
+                      Support: Extended for "Header" type
+                    enum:
+                    - Cookie
+                    - Header
+                    type: string
+                type: object
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: AbsoluteTimeout must be specified when cookie lifetimeType
+                    is Permanent
+                  rule: '!has(self.cookieConfig) || !has(self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType)
+                    || self.cookieConfig.lifetimeType != ''Permanent'' || has(self.absoluteTimeout)'
+              targetRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  TargetRefs identifies API object(s) to apply this policy to.
+                  Currently, Backends (A grouping of like endpoints such as Service,
+                  ServiceImport, or any implementation-specific backendRef) are the only
+                  valid API target references.
+
+                  Currently, a TargetRef can not be scoped to a specific port on a
+                  Service.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    LocalPolicyTargetReference identifies an API object to apply a direct or
+                    inherited policy to. This should be used as part of Policy resources
+                    that can target Gateway API resources. For more information on how this
+                    policy attachment model works, and a sample Policy resource, refer to
+                    the policy attachment documentation for Gateway API.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: Group is the group of the target resource.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: Kind is kind of the target resource.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the target resource.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - group
+                - kind
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            required:
+            - targetRefs
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of BackendTrafficPolicy.
+            properties:
+              ancestors:
+                description: |-
+                  Ancestors is a list of ancestor resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the policy, and the status of the policy with respect to
+                  each ancestor. When this policy attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent and the ancestors MUST add an entry to this list when
+                  the controller first sees the policy and SHOULD update the entry as
+                  appropriate when the relevant ancestor is modified.
+
+                  Note that choosing the relevant ancestor is left to the Policy designers;
+                  an important part of Policy design is designing the right object level at
+                  which to namespace this status.
+
+                  Note also that implementations MUST ONLY populate ancestor status for
+                  the Ancestor resources they are responsible for. Implementations MUST
+                  use the ControllerName field to uniquely identify the entries in this list
+                  that they are responsible for.
+
+                  Note that to achieve this, the list of PolicyAncestorStatus structs
+                  MUST be treated as a map with a composite key, made up of the AncestorRef
+                  and ControllerName fields combined.
+
+                  A maximum of 16 ancestors will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the Policy is not relevant for any ancestors.
+
+                  If this slice is full, implementations MUST NOT add further entries.
+                  Instead they MUST consider the policy unimplementable and signal that
+                  on any related resources such as the ancestor that would be referenced
+                  here. For example, if this list was full on BackendTLSPolicy, no
+                  additional Gateways would be able to reference the Service targeted by
+                  the BackendTLSPolicy.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    PolicyAncestorStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Ancestor.
+
+                    Ancestors refer to objects that are either the Target of a policy or above it
+                    in terms of object hierarchy. For example, if a policy targets a Service, the
+                    Policy's Ancestors are, in order, the Service, the HTTPRoute, the Gateway, and
+                    the GatewayClass. Almost always, in this hierarchy, the Gateway will be the most
+                    useful object to place Policy status on, so we recommend that implementations
+                    SHOULD use Gateway as the PolicyAncestorStatus object unless the designers
+                    have a _very_ good reason otherwise.
+
+                    In the context of policy attachment, the Ancestor is used to distinguish which
+                    resource results in a distinct application of this policy. For example, if a policy
+                    targets a Service, it may have a distinct result per attached Gateway.
+
+                    Policies targeting the same resource may have different effects depending on the
+                    ancestors of those resources. For example, different Gateways targeting the same
+                    Service may have different capabilities, especially if they have different underlying
+                    implementations.
+
+                    For example, in BackendTLSPolicy, the Policy attaches to a Service that is
+                    used as a backend in a HTTPRoute that is itself attached to a Gateway.
+                    In this case, the relevant object for status is the Gateway, and that is the
+                    ancestor object referred to in this status.
+
+                    Note that a parent is also an ancestor, so for objects where the parent is the
+                    relevant object for status, this struct SHOULD still be used.
+
+                    This struct is intended to be used in a slice that's effectively a map,
+                    with a composite key made up of the AncestorRef and the ControllerName.
+                  properties:
+                    ancestorRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        AncestorRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        PolicyAncestorStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in the same namespace are "producer"
+                            routes, which apply default routing rules to inbound connections from
+                            any namespace to the Service.
+
+                            ParentRefs from a Route to a Service in a different namespace are
+                            "consumer" routes, and these routing rules are only applied to outbound
+                            connections originating from the same namespace as the Route, for which
+                            the intended destination of the connections are a Service targeted as a
+                            ParentRef of the Route.
+
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Service, this targets a specific port in the
+                            Service spec. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName are specified,
+                            the name and port of the selected port must match both specified values.
+
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describes the status of the Policy with
+                        respect to the given Ancestor.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - ancestorRef
+                  - controllerName
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - ancestors
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/experimental/gateway.networking.x-k8s.io_xlistenersets.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: experimental
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: xlistenersets.gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.x-k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: XListenerSet
+    listKind: XListenerSetList
+    plural: xlistenersets
+    shortNames:
+    - lset
+    singular: xlistenerset
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
+      name: Accepted
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
+      name: Programmed
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1alpha1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          XListenerSet defines a set of additional listeners
+          to attach to an existing Gateway.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of ListenerSet.
+            properties:
+              listeners:
+                description: |-
+                  Listeners associated with this ListenerSet. Listeners define
+                  logical endpoints that are bound on this referenced parent Gateway's addresses.
+
+                  Listeners in a `Gateway` and their attached `ListenerSets` are concatenated
+                  as a list when programming the underlying infrastructure. Each listener
+                  name does not need to be unique across the Gateway and ListenerSets.
+                  See ListenerEntry.Name for more details.
+
+                  Implementations MUST treat the parent Gateway as having the merged
+                  list of all listeners from itself and attached ListenerSets using
+                  the following precedence:
+
+                  1. "parent" Gateway
+                  2. ListenerSet ordered by creation time (oldest first)
+                  3. ListenerSet ordered alphabetically by “{namespace}/{name}”.
+
+                  An implementation MAY reject listeners by setting the ListenerEntryStatus
+                  `Accepted`` condition to False with the Reason `TooManyListeners`
+
+                  If a listener has a conflict, this will be reported in the
+                  Status.ListenerEntryStatus setting the `Conflicted` condition to True.
+
+                  Implementations SHOULD be cautious about what information from the
+                  parent or siblings are reported to avoid accidentally leaking
+                  sensitive information that the child would not otherwise have access
+                  to. This can include contents of secrets etc.
+                items:
+                  properties:
+                    allowedRoutes:
+                      default:
+                        namespaces:
+                          from: Same
+                      description: |-
+                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
+                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
+                        present.
+
+                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
+                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria:
+
+                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
+                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
+                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
+                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
+                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
+                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.
+
+                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
+                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
+                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
+                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
+                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
+                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
+                      properties:
+                        kinds:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
+                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
+                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.
+
+                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
+                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
+                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
+                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
+                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          items:
+                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
+                              of a Route resource.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - kind
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 8
+                          type: array
+                        namespaces:
+                          default:
+                            from: Same
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
+                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            from:
+                              default: Same
+                              description: |-
+                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
+                                values are:
+
+                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
+                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
+                                  this Gateway.
+                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              enum:
+                              - All
+                              - Selector
+                              - Same
+                              type: string
+                            selector:
+                              description: |-
+                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              properties:
+                                matchExpressions:
+                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
+                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  items:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                      relates the key and values.
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: key is the label key that the
+                                          selector applies to.
+                                        type: string
+                                      operator:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                        type: string
+                                      values:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                          merge patch.
+                                        items:
+                                          type: string
+                                        type: array
+                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    required:
+                                    - key
+                                    - operator
+                                    type: object
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                matchLabels:
+                                  additionalProperties:
+                                    type: string
+                                  description: |-
+                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  type: object
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                    hostname:
+                      description: |-
+                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
+                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
+                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
+                        matching.
+
+                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
+                        the following protocols:
+
+                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
+                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
+                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match at both the TLS and HTTP
+                          protocol layers as described above. If an implementation does not
+                          ensure that both the SNI and Host header match the Listener hostname,
+                          it MUST clearly document that.
+
+                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
+                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
+                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
+                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
+                        documentation.
+
+                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
+                        ListenerSet.
+
+                        Name is not required to be unique across a Gateway and ListenerSets.
+                        Routes can attach to a Listener by having a ListenerSet as a parentRef
+                        and setting the SectionName
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
+                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    protocol:
+                      description: Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener
+                        expects to receive.
+                      maxLength: 255
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
+                      type: string
+                    tls:
+                      description: |-
+                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
+                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
+                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".
+
+                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
+                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.
+
+                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
+                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
+                      properties:
+                        certificateRefs:
+                          description: |-
+                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
+                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
+                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
+                            associated listener.
+
+                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
+                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.
+
+                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
+                              defaulting to Secret.
+
+                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                              on the containing object.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: ""
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                default: Secret
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "Secret".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                              namespace:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                  namespace is inferred.
+
+                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                  documentation for details.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 64
+                          type: array
+                        frontendValidation:
+                          description: |-
+                            FrontendValidation holds configuration information for validating the frontend (client).
+                            Setting this field will require clients to send a client certificate
+                            required for validation during the TLS handshake. In browsers this may result in a dialog appearing
+                            that requests a user to specify the client certificate.
+                            The maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted in verification is Implementation specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          properties:
+                            caCertificateRefs:
+                              description: |-
+                                CACertificateRefs contains one or more references to
+                                Kubernetes objects that contain TLS certificates of
+                                the Certificate Authorities that can be used
+                                as a trust anchor to validate the certificates presented by the client.
+
+                                A single CA certificate reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
+                                has "Core" support.
+                                Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple CA certificates to
+                                a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                                Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes ConfigMap
+                                with the CA certificate in a key named `ca.crt`.
+
+                                Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference, or other kinds
+                                of resources).
+
+                                References to a resource in a different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                                is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                                to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                                "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                                "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+                              items:
+                                description: |-
+                                  ObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace.
+
+                                  The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                                  be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                                  References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                                  be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                                  on the containing object.
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When set to the empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                      example "ConfigMap" or "Service".
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - group
+                                - kind
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                              maxItems: 8
+                              minItems: 1
+                              type: array
+                          type: object
+                        mode:
+                          default: Terminate
+                          description: |-
+                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
+                            There are two possible modes:
+
+                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
+                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
+                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
+                              field.
+                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
+                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
+                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
+                              is ignored in this mode.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Terminate
+                          - Passthrough
+                          type: string
+                        options:
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            description: |-
+                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                            maxLength: 4096
+                            minLength: 0
+                            type: string
+                          description: |-
+                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxProperties: 16
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
+                          mode is Terminate
+                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
+                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - protocol
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
+                    'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
+                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
+                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
+                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
+                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
+                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
+                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
+                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
+                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
+                    for each listener
+                  rule: 'self.all(l1, !has(l1.port) || self.exists_one(l2, has(l2.port)
+                    && l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname)
+                    && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname)
+                    && !has(l2.hostname))))'
+              parentRef:
+                description: ParentRef references the Gateway that the listeners are
+                  attached to.
+                properties:
+                  group:
+                    default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  kind:
+                    default: Gateway
+                    description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example "Gateway".
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                  name:
+                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    type: string
+                  namespace:
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.  If not present,
+                      the namespace of the referent is assumed to be the same as
+                      the namespace of the referring object.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - name
+                type: object
+            required:
+            - listeners
+            - parentRef
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Programmed
+            description: Status defines the current state of ListenerSet.
+            properties:
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Programmed
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the ListenerSet.
+
+                  Implementations MUST express ListenerSet conditions using the
+                  `ListenerSetConditionType` and `ListenerSetConditionReason`
+                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
+                  vocabulary to describe ListenerSet state.
+
+                  Known condition types are:
+
+                  * "Accepted"
+                  * "Programmed"
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              listeners:
+                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
+                  defined in the Spec.
+                items:
+                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
+                  properties:
+                    attachedRoutes:
+                      description: |-
+                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
+                        successfully attached to this Listener.
+
+                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
+                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
+                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
+                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
+                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
+                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
+                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
+                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
+                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
+                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
+                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.
+
+                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
+                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
+                      format: int32
+                      type: integer
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
+                        listener.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
+                        corresponds to.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: Port is the network port the listener is configured
+                        to listen on.
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    supportedKinds:
+                      description: |-
+                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
+                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
+                        that Listener configuration.
+
+                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
+                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
+                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
+                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
+                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
+                      items:
+                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
+                          a Route resource.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - kind
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                  required:
+                  - attachedRoutes
+                  - conditions
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - supportedKinds
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/experimental-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Copyright 2025 The Kubernetes Authors.
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+
+#
+# Gateway API Experimental channel install
+#
diff --git a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-standard-crds.in.yaml b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-standard-crds.in.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f5461e21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-standard-crds.in.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+crds:
+  gatewayAPI:
+    enabled: true
+    channel: standard
+  envoyGateway:
+    enabled: false
diff --git a/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-standard-crds.out.yaml b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-standard-crds.out.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..550f26c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/helm/gateway-crds-helm/gateway-api-standard-crds.out.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,10618 @@
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gatewayclasses.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: gatewayclasses.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: GatewayClass
+    listKind: GatewayClassList
+    plural: gatewayclasses
+    shortNames:
+    - gc
+    singular: gatewayclass
+  scope: Cluster
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
+      name: Controller
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
+      name: Accepted
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    - jsonPath: .spec.description
+      name: Description
+      priority: 1
+      type: string
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
+          Gateway resources.
+
+          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
+          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
+          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
+          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
+          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
+          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
+          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.
+
+          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
+          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
+          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
+          Gateway is not deleted while in use.
+
+          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
+            properties:
+              controllerName:
+                description: |-
+                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
+                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.
+
+                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                type: string
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Value is immutable
+                  rule: self == oldSelf
+              description:
+                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
+                maxLength: 64
+                type: string
+              parametersRef:
+                description: |-
+                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
+                  controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
+                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
+                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.
+
+                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
+                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                  "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific
+                properties:
+                  group:
+                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  kind:
+                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                  name:
+                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    type: string
+                  namespace:
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
+                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - group
+                - kind
+                - name
+                type: object
+            required:
+            - controllerName
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+            description: |-
+              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.
+
+              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
+              specify their controller name.
+            properties:
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
+                  this GatewayClass.
+
+                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
+                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.controllerName
+      name: Controller
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Accepted")].status
+      name: Accepted
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    - jsonPath: .spec.description
+      name: Description
+      priority: 1
+      type: string
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GatewayClass describes a class of Gateways available to the user for creating
+          Gateway resources.
+
+          It is recommended that this resource be used as a template for Gateways. This
+          means that a Gateway is based on the state of the GatewayClass at the time it
+          was created and changes to the GatewayClass or associated parameters are not
+          propagated down to existing Gateways. This recommendation is intended to
+          limit the blast radius of changes to GatewayClass or associated parameters.
+          If implementations choose to propagate GatewayClass changes to existing
+          Gateways, that MUST be clearly documented by the implementation.
+
+          Whenever one or more Gateways are using a GatewayClass, implementations SHOULD
+          add the `gateway-exists-finalizer.gateway.networking.k8s.io` finalizer on the
+          associated GatewayClass. This ensures that a GatewayClass associated with a
+          Gateway is not deleted while in use.
+
+          GatewayClass is a Cluster level resource.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GatewayClass.
+            properties:
+              controllerName:
+                description: |-
+                  ControllerName is the name of the controller that is managing Gateways of
+                  this class. The value of this field MUST be a domain prefixed path.
+
+                  Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                  This field is not mutable and cannot be empty.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                type: string
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: Value is immutable
+                  rule: self == oldSelf
+              description:
+                description: Description helps describe a GatewayClass with more details.
+                maxLength: 64
+                type: string
+              parametersRef:
+                description: |-
+                  ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                  parameters corresponding to the GatewayClass. This is optional if the
+                  controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                  ParametersRef can reference a standard Kubernetes resource, i.e. ConfigMap,
+                  or an implementation-specific custom resource. The resource can be
+                  cluster-scoped or namespace-scoped.
+
+                  If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                  the data within that resource is malformed, the GatewayClass SHOULD be
+                  rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                  "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                  A Gateway for this GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                  the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                  It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                  Support: Implementation-specific
+                properties:
+                  group:
+                    description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                    type: string
+                  kind:
+                    description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                  name:
+                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                    maxLength: 253
+                    minLength: 1
+                    type: string
+                  namespace:
+                    description: |-
+                      Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+                      This field is required when referring to a Namespace-scoped resource and
+                      MUST be unset when referring to a Cluster-scoped resource.
+                    maxLength: 63
+                    minLength: 1
+                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                    type: string
+                required:
+                - group
+                - kind
+                - name
+                type: object
+            required:
+            - controllerName
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+            description: |-
+              Status defines the current state of GatewayClass.
+
+              Implementations MUST populate status on all GatewayClass resources which
+              specify their controller name.
+            properties:
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions is the current status from the controller for
+                  this GatewayClass.
+
+                  Controllers should prefer to publish conditions using values
+                  of GatewayClassConditionType for the type of each Condition.
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_gateways.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: gateways.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: Gateway
+    listKind: GatewayList
+    plural: gateways
+    shortNames:
+    - gtw
+    singular: gateway
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
+      name: Class
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
+      name: Address
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
+      name: Programmed
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
+          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
+                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
+                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
+                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
+                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
+                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
+                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
+                  be sent to.
+
+                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
+                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
+                  set of Addresses.
+
+                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
+                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
+                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                items:
+                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
+                    bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
+                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.
+
+                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
+                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+                - message: Hostname values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+              gatewayClassName:
+                description: |-
+                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
+                  GatewayClass resource.
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                type: string
+              infrastructure:
+                description: |-
+                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  annotations:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                      maxLength: 4096
+                      minLength: 0
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
+                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
+                        up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
+                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  labels:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
+                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
+                        label validation rules:
+                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
+                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
+                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+
+                        Valid values include:
+
+                        * MyValue
+                        * my.name
+                        * 123-my-value
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 0
+                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.
+
+                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
+                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
+                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
+                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  parametersRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
+                      controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis
+
+                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
+                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                      "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - group
+                    - kind
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              listeners:
+                description: |-
+                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
+                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
+                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.
+
+                  ## Distinct Listeners
+
+                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
+                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
+                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
+                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
+                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
+                  apply in that case).
+
+                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
+                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.
+
+                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
+                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
+                  they support:
+
+                  HTTPRoute
+
+                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
+                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided
+
+                  TLSRoute
+
+                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough
+
+                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:
+
+                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
+                  Listener**.
+
+                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
+                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
+                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
+                  Listener fields.
+
+                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
+                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
+                  values for other fields.
+
+                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
+                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
+                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
+                  Gateway API spec.
+
+                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
+                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:
+
+                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
+                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port
+
+                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
+                  implementation:
+
+                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
+                    Listeners, and
+                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
+                    Protocol.
+
+                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
+                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.
+
+                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
+                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
+                  accepted.
+
+                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
+                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.
+
+                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname
+
+                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
+                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
+                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.
+
+                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
+                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
+                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
+                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.
+
+                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
+                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
+                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.
+
+                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
+                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.
+
+                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
+                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
+                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.
+
+                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners
+
+                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
+                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
+                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".
+
+                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
+                  purpose of this documentation.
+
+                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
+                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
+                  no Conflicted Listeners.
+
+                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
+                  the following rules:
+
+                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
+                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
+                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
+                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.
+
+                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
+                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
+                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
+                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
+                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
+                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.
+
+                  ## General Listener behavior
+
+                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
+                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
+                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
+                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).
+
+                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
+                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
+                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
+                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.
+
+                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
+                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
+                  conformance tests.
+
+                  ## Compatible Listeners
+
+                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:
+
+                  1. They are distinct.
+                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
+                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
+                     addresses.
+
+                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
+                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
+                  may not be compatible for another.
+
+                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
+                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
+                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.
+
+                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
+                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.
+
+                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
+                    network connections.
+                  properties:
+                    allowedRoutes:
+                      default:
+                        namespaces:
+                          from: Same
+                      description: |-
+                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
+                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
+                        present.
+
+                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
+                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria:
+
+                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
+                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
+                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
+                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
+                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
+                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.
+
+                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
+                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
+                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
+                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
+                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
+                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        kinds:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
+                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
+                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.
+
+                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
+                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
+                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
+                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
+                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          items:
+                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
+                              of a Route resource.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - kind
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 8
+                          type: array
+                        namespaces:
+                          default:
+                            from: Same
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
+                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            from:
+                              default: Same
+                              description: |-
+                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
+                                values are:
+
+                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
+                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
+                                  this Gateway.
+                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              enum:
+                              - All
+                              - Selector
+                              - Same
+                              type: string
+                            selector:
+                              description: |-
+                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              properties:
+                                matchExpressions:
+                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
+                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  items:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                      relates the key and values.
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: key is the label key that the
+                                          selector applies to.
+                                        type: string
+                                      operator:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                        type: string
+                                      values:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                          merge patch.
+                                        items:
+                                          type: string
+                                        type: array
+                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    required:
+                                    - key
+                                    - operator
+                                    type: object
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                matchLabels:
+                                  additionalProperties:
+                                    type: string
+                                  description: |-
+                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  type: object
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                    hostname:
+                      description: |-
+                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
+                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
+                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
+                        matching.
+
+                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
+                        the following protocols:
+
+                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
+                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
+                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
+                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
+                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.
+
+                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
+                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
+                        hostnames within the application protocol.
+
+                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
+                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
+                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
+                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.
+
+                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
+                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
+                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:
+
+                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
+                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
+                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
+                          does not match the Host:
+                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
+                              421.
+                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
+                              404.
+
+                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
+                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
+                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
+                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
+                        documentation.
+
+                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
+                        Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
+                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    protocol:
+                      description: |-
+                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 255
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
+                      type: string
+                    tls:
+                      description: |-
+                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
+                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
+                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".
+
+                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
+                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.
+
+                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
+                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        certificateRefs:
+                          description: |-
+                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
+                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
+                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
+                            associated listener.
+
+                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
+                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.
+
+                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
+                              defaulting to Secret.
+
+                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                              on the containing object.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: ""
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                default: Secret
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "Secret".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                              namespace:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                  namespace is inferred.
+
+                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                  documentation for details.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 64
+                          type: array
+                        mode:
+                          default: Terminate
+                          description: |-
+                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
+                            There are two possible modes:
+
+                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
+                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
+                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
+                              field.
+                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
+                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
+                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
+                              is ignored in this mode.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Terminate
+                          - Passthrough
+                          type: string
+                        options:
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            description: |-
+                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                            maxLength: 4096
+                            minLength: 0
+                            type: string
+                          description: |-
+                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxProperties: 16
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
+                          mode is Terminate
+                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
+                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - protocol
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
+                    'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
+                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
+                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
+                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
+                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
+                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
+                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
+                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
+                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
+                    for each listener
+                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
+                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
+                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
+            required:
+            - gatewayClassName
+            - listeners
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Programmed
+            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
+                  Gateway.
+
+                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
+                  conditions:
+
+                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
+                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
+                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
+                items:
+                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
+                    is bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
+                        on the type and support by the controller.
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - value
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Programmed
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.
+
+                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
+                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
+                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
+                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.
+
+                  Known condition types are:
+
+                  * "Accepted"
+                  * "Programmed"
+                  * "Ready"
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              listeners:
+                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
+                  defined in the Spec.
+                items:
+                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
+                  properties:
+                    attachedRoutes:
+                      description: |-
+                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
+                        successfully attached to this Listener.
+
+                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
+                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
+                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
+                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
+                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
+                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
+                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
+                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
+                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
+                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
+                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.
+
+                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
+                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
+                      format: int32
+                      type: integer
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
+                        listener.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
+                        corresponds to.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    supportedKinds:
+                      description: |-
+                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
+                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
+                        that Listener configuration.
+
+                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
+                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
+                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
+                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
+                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
+                      items:
+                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
+                          a Route resource.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - kind
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                  required:
+                  - attachedRoutes
+                  - conditions
+                  - name
+                  - supportedKinds
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.gatewayClassName
+      name: Class
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.addresses[*].value
+      name: Address
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .status.conditions[?(@.type=="Programmed")].status
+      name: Programmed
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          Gateway represents an instance of a service-traffic handling infrastructure
+          by binding Listeners to a set of IP addresses.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses requested for this Gateway. This is optional and behavior can
+                  depend on the implementation. If a value is set in the spec and the
+                  requested address is invalid or unavailable, the implementation MUST
+                  indicate this in the associated entry in GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  The Addresses field represents a request for the address(es) on the
+                  "outside of the Gateway", that traffic bound for this Gateway will use.
+                  This could be the IP address or hostname of an external load balancer or
+                  other networking infrastructure, or some other address that traffic will
+                  be sent to.
+
+                  If no Addresses are specified, the implementation MAY schedule the
+                  Gateway in an implementation-specific manner, assigning an appropriate
+                  set of Addresses.
+
+                  The implementation MUST bind all Listeners to every GatewayAddress that
+                  it assigns to the Gateway and add a corresponding entry in
+                  GatewayStatus.Addresses.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                items:
+                  description: GatewaySpecAddress describes an address that can be
+                    bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        When a value is unspecified, an implementation SHOULD automatically
+                        assign an address matching the requested type if possible.
+
+                        If an implementation does not support an empty value, they MUST set the
+                        "Programmed" condition in status to False with a reason of "AddressNotAssigned".
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      type: string
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: IPAddress values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''IPAddress'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+                - message: Hostname values must be unique
+                  rule: 'self.all(a1, a1.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.exists_one(a2,
+                    a2.type == a1.type && a2.value == a1.value) : true )'
+              gatewayClassName:
+                description: |-
+                  GatewayClassName used for this Gateway. This is the name of a
+                  GatewayClass resource.
+                maxLength: 253
+                minLength: 1
+                type: string
+              infrastructure:
+                description: |-
+                  Infrastructure defines infrastructure level attributes about this Gateway instance.
+
+                  Support: Extended
+                properties:
+                  annotations:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                        for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                        annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                        on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                      maxLength: 4096
+                      minLength: 0
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Annotations that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.annotations` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "annotations" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific annotations as they see fit.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Annotation keys must be in the form of an optional
+                        DNS subdomain prefix followed by a required name segment of
+                        up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the annotation key's prefix must be a
+                        DNS subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  labels:
+                    additionalProperties:
+                      description: |-
+                        LabelValue is the value of a label in the Gateway API. This is used for validation
+                        of maps such as Gateway infrastructure labels. This matches the Kubernetes
+                        label validation rules:
+                        * must be 63 characters or less (can be empty),
+                        * unless empty, must begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]),
+                        * could contain dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between.
+
+                        Valid values include:
+
+                        * MyValue
+                        * my.name
+                        * 123-my-value
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 0
+                      pattern: ^(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    description: |-
+                      Labels that SHOULD be applied to any resources created in response to this Gateway.
+
+                      For implementations creating other Kubernetes objects, this should be the `metadata.labels` field on resources.
+                      For other implementations, this refers to any relevant (implementation specific) "labels" concepts.
+
+                      An implementation may chose to add additional implementation-specific labels as they see fit.
+
+                      If an implementation maps these labels to Pods, or any other resource that would need to be recreated when labels
+                      change, it SHOULD clearly warn about this behavior in documentation.
+
+                      Support: Extended
+                    maxProperties: 8
+                    type: object
+                    x-kubernetes-validations:
+                    - message: Label keys must be in the form of an optional DNS subdomain
+                        prefix followed by a required name segment of up to 63 characters.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.matches(r"""^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]{0,61})?[A-Za-z0-9]$"""))
+                    - message: If specified, the label key's prefix must be a DNS
+                        subdomain not longer than 253 characters in total.
+                      rule: self.all(key, key.split("/")[0].size() < 253)
+                  parametersRef:
+                    description: |-
+                      ParametersRef is a reference to a resource that contains the configuration
+                      parameters corresponding to the Gateway. This is optional if the
+                      controller does not require any additional configuration.
+
+                      This follows the same semantics as GatewayClass's `parametersRef`, but on a per-Gateway basis
+
+                      The Gateway's GatewayClass may provide its own `parametersRef`. When both are specified,
+                      the merging behavior is implementation specific.
+                      It is generally recommended that GatewayClass provides defaults that can be overridden by a Gateway.
+
+                      If the referent cannot be found, refers to an unsupported kind, or when
+                      the data within that resource is malformed, the Gateway SHOULD be
+                      rejected with the "Accepted" status condition set to "False" and an
+                      "InvalidParameters" reason.
+
+                      Support: Implementation-specific
+                    properties:
+                      group:
+                        description: Group is the group of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                        type: string
+                      kind:
+                        description: Kind is kind of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 63
+                        minLength: 1
+                        pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                        type: string
+                      name:
+                        description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                        maxLength: 253
+                        minLength: 1
+                        type: string
+                    required:
+                    - group
+                    - kind
+                    - name
+                    type: object
+                type: object
+              listeners:
+                description: |-
+                  Listeners associated with this Gateway. Listeners define
+                  logical endpoints that are bound on this Gateway's addresses.
+                  At least one Listener MUST be specified.
+
+                  ## Distinct Listeners
+
+                  Each Listener in a set of Listeners (for example, in a single Gateway)
+                  MUST be _distinct_, in that a traffic flow MUST be able to be assigned to
+                  exactly one listener. (This section uses "set of Listeners" rather than
+                  "Listeners in a single Gateway" because implementations MAY merge configuration
+                  from multiple Gateways onto a single data plane, and these rules _also_
+                  apply in that case).
+
+                  Practically, this means that each listener in a set MUST have a unique
+                  combination of Port, Protocol, and, if supported by the protocol, Hostname.
+
+                  Some combinations of port, protocol, and TLS settings are considered
+                  Core support and MUST be supported by implementations based on the objects
+                  they support:
+
+                  HTTPRoute
+
+                  1. HTTPRoute, Port: 80, Protocol: HTTP
+                  2. HTTPRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: HTTPS, TLS Mode: Terminate, TLS keypair provided
+
+                  TLSRoute
+
+                  1. TLSRoute, Port: 443, Protocol: TLS, TLS Mode: Passthrough
+
+                  "Distinct" Listeners have the following property:
+
+                  **The implementation can match inbound requests to a single distinct
+                  Listener**.
+
+                  When multiple Listeners share values for fields (for
+                  example, two Listeners with the same Port value), the implementation
+                  can match requests to only one of the Listeners using other
+                  Listener fields.
+
+                  When multiple listeners have the same value for the Protocol field, then
+                  each of the Listeners with matching Protocol values MUST have different
+                  values for other fields.
+
+                  The set of fields that MUST be different for a Listener differs per protocol.
+                  The following rules define the rules for what fields MUST be considered for
+                  Listeners to be distinct with each protocol currently defined in the
+                  Gateway API spec.
+
+                  The set of listeners that all share a protocol value MUST have _different_
+                  values for _at least one_ of these fields to be distinct:
+
+                  * **HTTP, HTTPS, TLS**: Port, Hostname
+                  * **TCP, UDP**: Port
+
+                  One **very** important rule to call out involves what happens when an
+                  implementation:
+
+                  * Supports TCP protocol Listeners, as well as HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocol
+                    Listeners, and
+                  * sees HTTP, HTTPS, or TLS protocols with the same `port` as one with TCP
+                    Protocol.
+
+                  In this case all the Listeners that share a port with the
+                  TCP Listener are not distinct and so MUST NOT be accepted.
+
+                  If an implementation does not support TCP Protocol Listeners, then the
+                  previous rule does not apply, and the TCP Listeners SHOULD NOT be
+                  accepted.
+
+                  Note that the `tls` field is not used for determining if a listener is distinct, because
+                  Listeners that _only_ differ on TLS config will still conflict in all cases.
+
+                  ### Listeners that are distinct only by Hostname
+
+                  When the Listeners are distinct based only on Hostname, inbound request
+                  hostnames MUST match from the most specific to least specific Hostname
+                  values to choose the correct Listener and its associated set of Routes.
+
+                  Exact matches MUST be processed before wildcard matches, and wildcard
+                  matches MUST be processed before fallback (empty Hostname value)
+                  matches. For example, `"foo.example.com"` takes precedence over
+                  `"*.example.com"`, and `"*.example.com"` takes precedence over `""`.
+
+                  Additionally, if there are multiple wildcard entries, more specific
+                  wildcard entries must be processed before less specific wildcard entries.
+                  For example, `"*.foo.example.com"` takes precedence over `"*.example.com"`.
+
+                  The precise definition here is that the higher the number of dots in the
+                  hostname to the right of the wildcard character, the higher the precedence.
+
+                  The wildcard character will match any number of characters _and dots_ to
+                  the left, however, so `"*.example.com"` will match both
+                  `"foo.bar.example.com"` _and_ `"bar.example.com"`.
+
+                  ## Handling indistinct Listeners
+
+                  If a set of Listeners contains Listeners that are not distinct, then those
+                  Listeners are _Conflicted_, and the implementation MUST set the "Conflicted"
+                  condition in the Listener Status to "True".
+
+                  The words "indistinct" and "conflicted" are considered equivalent for the
+                  purpose of this documentation.
+
+                  Implementations MAY choose to accept a Gateway with some Conflicted
+                  Listeners only if they only accept the partial Listener set that contains
+                  no Conflicted Listeners.
+
+                  Specifically, an implementation MAY accept a partial Listener set subject to
+                  the following rules:
+
+                  * The implementation MUST NOT pick one conflicting Listener as the winner.
+                    ALL indistinct Listeners must not be accepted for processing.
+                  * At least one distinct Listener MUST be present, or else the Gateway effectively
+                    contains _no_ Listeners, and must be rejected from processing as a whole.
+
+                  The implementation MUST set a "ListenersNotValid" condition on the
+                  Gateway Status when the Gateway contains Conflicted Listeners whether or
+                  not they accept the Gateway. That Condition SHOULD clearly
+                  indicate in the Message which Listeners are conflicted, and which are
+                  Accepted. Additionally, the Listener status for those listeners SHOULD
+                  indicate which Listeners are conflicted and not Accepted.
+
+                  ## General Listener behavior
+
+                  Note that, for all distinct Listeners, requests SHOULD match at most one Listener.
+                  For example, if Listeners are defined for "foo.example.com" and "*.example.com", a
+                  request to "foo.example.com" SHOULD only be routed using routes attached
+                  to the "foo.example.com" Listener (and not the "*.example.com" Listener).
+
+                  This concept is known as "Listener Isolation", and it is an Extended feature
+                  of Gateway API. Implementations that do not support Listener Isolation MUST
+                  clearly document this, and MUST NOT claim support for the
+                  `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature.
+
+                  Implementations that _do_ support Listener Isolation SHOULD claim support
+                  for the Extended `GatewayHTTPListenerIsolation` feature and pass the associated
+                  conformance tests.
+
+                  ## Compatible Listeners
+
+                  A Gateway's Listeners are considered _compatible_ if:
+
+                  1. They are distinct.
+                  2. The implementation can serve them in compliance with the Addresses
+                     requirement that all Listeners are available on all assigned
+                     addresses.
+
+                  Compatible combinations in Extended support are expected to vary across
+                  implementations. A combination that is compatible for one implementation
+                  may not be compatible for another.
+
+                  For example, an implementation that cannot serve both TCP and UDP listeners
+                  on the same address, or cannot mix HTTPS and generic TLS listens on the same port
+                  would not consider those cases compatible, even though they are distinct.
+
+                  Implementations MAY merge separate Gateways onto a single set of
+                  Addresses if all Listeners across all Gateways are compatible.
+
+                  In a future release the MinItems=1 requirement MAY be dropped.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Listener embodies the concept of a logical endpoint where a Gateway accepts
+                    network connections.
+                  properties:
+                    allowedRoutes:
+                      default:
+                        namespaces:
+                          from: Same
+                      description: |-
+                        AllowedRoutes defines the types of routes that MAY be attached to a
+                        Listener and the trusted namespaces where those Route resources MAY be
+                        present.
+
+                        Although a client request may match multiple route rules, only one rule
+                        may ultimately receive the request. Matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria:
+
+                        * The most specific match as defined by the Route type.
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp. For example, a Route with
+                          a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:03" is given precedence over
+                          a Route with a creation timestamp of "2020-09-08 01:02:04".
+                        * If everything else is equivalent, the Route appearing first in
+                          alphabetical order (namespace/name) should be given precedence. For
+                          example, foo/bar is given precedence over foo/baz.
+
+                        All valid rules within a Route attached to this Listener should be
+                        implemented. Invalid Route rules can be ignored (sometimes that will mean
+                        the full Route). If a Route rule transitions from valid to invalid,
+                        support for that Route rule should be dropped to ensure consistency. For
+                        example, even if a filter specified by a Route rule is invalid, the rest
+                        of the rules within that Route should still be supported.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        kinds:
+                          description: |-
+                            Kinds specifies the groups and kinds of Routes that are allowed to bind
+                            to this Gateway Listener. When unspecified or empty, the kinds of Routes
+                            selected are determined using the Listener protocol.
+
+                            A RouteGroupKind MUST correspond to kinds of Routes that are compatible
+                            with the application protocol specified in the Listener's Protocol field.
+                            If an implementation does not support or recognize this resource type, it
+                            MUST set the "ResolvedRefs" condition to False for this Listener with the
+                            "InvalidRouteKinds" reason.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          items:
+                            description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind
+                              of a Route resource.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                                description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - kind
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 8
+                          type: array
+                        namespaces:
+                          default:
+                            from: Same
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespaces indicates namespaces from which Routes may be attached to this
+                            Listener. This is restricted to the namespace of this Gateway by default.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          properties:
+                            from:
+                              default: Same
+                              description: |-
+                                From indicates where Routes will be selected for this Gateway. Possible
+                                values are:
+
+                                * All: Routes in all namespaces may be used by this Gateway.
+                                * Selector: Routes in namespaces selected by the selector may be used by
+                                  this Gateway.
+                                * Same: Only Routes in the same namespace may be used by this Gateway.
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              enum:
+                              - All
+                              - Selector
+                              - Same
+                              type: string
+                            selector:
+                              description: |-
+                                Selector must be specified when From is set to "Selector". In that case,
+                                only Routes in Namespaces matching this Selector will be selected by this
+                                Gateway. This field is ignored for other values of "From".
+
+                                Support: Core
+                              properties:
+                                matchExpressions:
+                                  description: matchExpressions is a list of label
+                                    selector requirements. The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  items:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      A label selector requirement is a selector that contains values, a key, and an operator that
+                                      relates the key and values.
+                                    properties:
+                                      key:
+                                        description: key is the label key that the
+                                          selector applies to.
+                                        type: string
+                                      operator:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          operator represents a key's relationship to a set of values.
+                                          Valid operators are In, NotIn, Exists and DoesNotExist.
+                                        type: string
+                                      values:
+                                        description: |-
+                                          values is an array of string values. If the operator is In or NotIn,
+                                          the values array must be non-empty. If the operator is Exists or DoesNotExist,
+                                          the values array must be empty. This array is replaced during a strategic
+                                          merge patch.
+                                        items:
+                                          type: string
+                                        type: array
+                                        x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                    required:
+                                    - key
+                                    - operator
+                                    type: object
+                                  type: array
+                                  x-kubernetes-list-type: atomic
+                                matchLabels:
+                                  additionalProperties:
+                                    type: string
+                                  description: |-
+                                    matchLabels is a map of {key,value} pairs. A single {key,value} in the matchLabels
+                                    map is equivalent to an element of matchExpressions, whose key field is "key", the
+                                    operator is "In", and the values array contains only "value". The requirements are ANDed.
+                                  type: object
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-map-type: atomic
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                    hostname:
+                      description: |-
+                        Hostname specifies the virtual hostname to match for protocol types that
+                        define this concept. When unspecified, all hostnames are matched. This
+                        field is ignored for protocols that don't require hostname based
+                        matching.
+
+                        Implementations MUST apply Hostname matching appropriately for each of
+                        the following protocols:
+
+                        * TLS: The Listener Hostname MUST match the SNI.
+                        * HTTP: The Listener Hostname MUST match the Host header of the request.
+                        * HTTPS: The Listener Hostname SHOULD match both the SNI and Host header.
+                          Note that this does not require the SNI and Host header to be the same.
+                          The semantics of this are described in more detail below.
+
+                        To ensure security, Section 11.1 of RFC-6066 emphasizes that server
+                        implementations that rely on SNI hostname matching MUST also verify
+                        hostnames within the application protocol.
+
+                        Section 9.1.2 of RFC-7540 provides a mechanism for servers to reject the
+                        reuse of a connection by responding with the HTTP 421 Misdirected Request
+                        status code. This indicates that the origin server has rejected the
+                        request because it appears to have been misdirected.
+
+                        To detect misdirected requests, Gateways SHOULD match the authority of
+                        the requests with all the SNI hostname(s) configured across all the
+                        Gateway Listeners on the same port and protocol:
+
+                        * If another Listener has an exact match or more specific wildcard entry,
+                          the Gateway SHOULD return a 421.
+                        * If the current Listener (selected by SNI matching during ClientHello)
+                          does not match the Host:
+                            * If another Listener does match the Host the Gateway SHOULD return a
+                              421.
+                            * If no other Listener matches the Host, the Gateway MUST return a
+                              404.
+
+                        For HTTPRoute and TLSRoute resources, there is an interaction with the
+                        `spec.hostnames` array. When both listener and route specify hostnames,
+                        there MUST be an intersection between the values for a Route to be
+                        accepted. For more information, refer to the Route specific Hostnames
+                        documentation.
+
+                        Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                        as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                        both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the Listener. This name MUST be unique within a
+                        Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port. Multiple listeners may use the
+                        same port, subject to the Listener compatibility rules.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    protocol:
+                      description: |-
+                        Protocol specifies the network protocol this listener expects to receive.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 255
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z0-9]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9]+$
+                      type: string
+                    tls:
+                      description: |-
+                        TLS is the TLS configuration for the Listener. This field is required if
+                        the Protocol field is "HTTPS" or "TLS". It is invalid to set this field
+                        if the Protocol field is "HTTP", "TCP", or "UDP".
+
+                        The association of SNIs to Certificate defined in GatewayTLSConfig is
+                        defined based on the Hostname field for this listener.
+
+                        The GatewayClass MUST use the longest matching SNI out of all
+                        available certificates for any TLS handshake.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      properties:
+                        certificateRefs:
+                          description: |-
+                            CertificateRefs contains a series of references to Kubernetes objects that
+                            contains TLS certificates and private keys. These certificates are used to
+                            establish a TLS handshake for requests that match the hostname of the
+                            associated listener.
+
+                            A single CertificateRef to a Kubernetes Secret has "Core" support.
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching multiple certificates to
+                            a Listener, but this behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            References to a resource in different namespace are invalid UNLESS there
+                            is a ReferenceGrant in the target namespace that allows the certificate
+                            to be attached. If a ReferenceGrant does not allow this reference, the
+                            "ResolvedRefs" condition MUST be set to False for this listener with the
+                            "RefNotPermitted" reason.
+
+                            This field is required to have at least one element when the mode is set
+                            to "Terminate" (default) and is optional otherwise.
+
+                            CertificateRefs can reference to standard Kubernetes resources, i.e.
+                            Secret, or implementation-specific custom resources.
+
+                            Support: Core - A single reference to a Kubernetes Secret of type kubernetes.io/tls
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific (More than one reference or other resource types)
+                          items:
+                            description: |-
+                              SecretObjectReference identifies an API object including its namespace,
+                              defaulting to Secret.
+
+                              The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                              be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+
+                              References to objects with invalid Group and Kind are not valid, and must
+                              be rejected by the implementation, with appropriate Conditions set
+                              on the containing object.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                default: ""
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                default: Secret
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "Secret".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                              namespace:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Namespace is the namespace of the referenced object. When unspecified, the local
+                                  namespace is inferred.
+
+                                  Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                  a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                  namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                  documentation for details.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          maxItems: 64
+                          type: array
+                        mode:
+                          default: Terminate
+                          description: |-
+                            Mode defines the TLS behavior for the TLS session initiated by the client.
+                            There are two possible modes:
+
+                            - Terminate: The TLS session between the downstream client and the
+                              Gateway is terminated at the Gateway. This mode requires certificates
+                              to be specified in some way, such as populating the certificateRefs
+                              field.
+                            - Passthrough: The TLS session is NOT terminated by the Gateway. This
+                              implies that the Gateway can't decipher the TLS stream except for
+                              the ClientHello message of the TLS protocol. The certificateRefs field
+                              is ignored in this mode.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          enum:
+                          - Terminate
+                          - Passthrough
+                          type: string
+                        options:
+                          additionalProperties:
+                            description: |-
+                              AnnotationValue is the value of an annotation in Gateway API. This is used
+                              for validation of maps such as TLS options. This roughly matches Kubernetes
+                              annotation validation, although the length validation in that case is based
+                              on the entire size of the annotations struct.
+                            maxLength: 4096
+                            minLength: 0
+                            type: string
+                          description: |-
+                            Options are a list of key/value pairs to enable extended TLS
+                            configuration for each implementation. For example, configuring the
+                            minimum TLS version or supported cipher suites.
+
+                            A set of common keys MAY be defined by the API in the future. To avoid
+                            any ambiguity, implementation-specific definitions MUST use
+                            domain-prefixed names, such as `example.com/my-custom-option`.
+                            Un-prefixed names are reserved for key names defined by Gateway API.
+
+                            Support: Implementation-specific
+                          maxProperties: 16
+                          type: object
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: certificateRefs or options must be specified when
+                          mode is Terminate
+                        rule: 'self.mode == ''Terminate'' ? size(self.certificateRefs)
+                          > 0 || size(self.options) > 0 : true'
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  - port
+                  - protocol
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: tls must not be specified for protocols ['HTTP', 'TCP',
+                    'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''HTTP'', ''TCP'', ''UDP''] ?
+                    !has(l.tls) : true)'
+                - message: tls mode must be Terminate for protocol HTTPS
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, (l.protocol == ''HTTPS'' && has(l.tls)) ? (l.tls.mode
+                    == '''' || l.tls.mode == ''Terminate'') : true)'
+                - message: hostname must not be specified for protocols ['TCP', 'UDP']
+                  rule: 'self.all(l, l.protocol in [''TCP'', ''UDP'']  ? (!has(l.hostname)
+                    || l.hostname == '''') : true)'
+                - message: Listener name must be unique within the Gateway
+                  rule: self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.name == l2.name))
+                - message: Combination of port, protocol and hostname must be unique
+                    for each listener
+                  rule: 'self.all(l1, self.exists_one(l2, l1.port == l2.port && l1.protocol
+                    == l2.protocol && (has(l1.hostname) && has(l2.hostname) ? l1.hostname
+                    == l2.hostname : !has(l1.hostname) && !has(l2.hostname))))'
+            required:
+            - gatewayClassName
+            - listeners
+            type: object
+          status:
+            default:
+              conditions:
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Accepted
+              - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                message: Waiting for controller
+                reason: Pending
+                status: Unknown
+                type: Programmed
+            description: Status defines the current state of Gateway.
+            properties:
+              addresses:
+                description: |-
+                  Addresses lists the network addresses that have been bound to the
+                  Gateway.
+
+                  This list may differ from the addresses provided in the spec under some
+                  conditions:
+
+                    * no addresses are specified, all addresses are dynamically assigned
+                    * a combination of specified and dynamic addresses are assigned
+                    * a specified address was unusable (e.g. already in use)
+                items:
+                  description: GatewayStatusAddress describes a network address that
+                    is bound to a Gateway.
+                  oneOf:
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        enum:
+                        - IPAddress
+                      value:
+                        anyOf:
+                        - format: ipv4
+                        - format: ipv6
+                  - properties:
+                      type:
+                        not:
+                          enum:
+                          - IPAddress
+                  properties:
+                    type:
+                      default: IPAddress
+                      description: Type of the address.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^Hostname|IPAddress|NamedAddress|[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    value:
+                      description: |-
+                        Value of the address. The validity of the values will depend
+                        on the type and support by the controller.
+
+                        Examples: `1.2.3.4`, `128::1`, `my-ip-address`.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - value
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: Hostname value must only contain valid characters (matching
+                      ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$)
+                    rule: 'self.type == ''Hostname'' ? self.value.matches(r"""^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$"""):
+                      true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              conditions:
+                default:
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Accepted
+                - lastTransitionTime: "1970-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+                  message: Waiting for controller
+                  reason: Pending
+                  status: Unknown
+                  type: Programmed
+                description: |-
+                  Conditions describe the current conditions of the Gateway.
+
+                  Implementations should prefer to express Gateway conditions
+                  using the `GatewayConditionType` and `GatewayConditionReason`
+                  constants so that operators and tools can converge on a common
+                  vocabulary to describe Gateway state.
+
+                  Known condition types are:
+
+                  * "Accepted"
+                  * "Programmed"
+                  * "Ready"
+                items:
+                  description: Condition contains details for one aspect of the current
+                    state of this API Resource.
+                  properties:
+                    lastTransitionTime:
+                      description: |-
+                        lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                        This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                      format: date-time
+                      type: string
+                    message:
+                      description: |-
+                        message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                        This may be an empty string.
+                      maxLength: 32768
+                      type: string
+                    observedGeneration:
+                      description: |-
+                        observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                        For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                        with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                      format: int64
+                      minimum: 0
+                      type: integer
+                    reason:
+                      description: |-
+                        reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                        Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                        and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                        The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                        This field may not be empty.
+                      maxLength: 1024
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                      type: string
+                    status:
+                      description: status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
+                      enum:
+                      - "True"
+                      - "False"
+                      - Unknown
+                      type: string
+                    type:
+                      description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                      maxLength: 316
+                      pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - lastTransitionTime
+                  - message
+                  - reason
+                  - status
+                  - type
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 8
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - type
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+              listeners:
+                description: Listeners provide status for each unique listener port
+                  defined in the Spec.
+                items:
+                  description: ListenerStatus is the status associated with a Listener.
+                  properties:
+                    attachedRoutes:
+                      description: |-
+                        AttachedRoutes represents the total number of Routes that have been
+                        successfully attached to this Listener.
+
+                        Successful attachment of a Route to a Listener is based solely on the
+                        combination of the AllowedRoutes field on the corresponding Listener
+                        and the Route's ParentRefs field. A Route is successfully attached to
+                        a Listener when it is selected by the Listener's AllowedRoutes field
+                        AND the Route has a valid ParentRef selecting the whole Gateway
+                        resource or a specific Listener as a parent resource (more detail on
+                        attachment semantics can be found in the documentation on the various
+                        Route kinds ParentRefs fields). Listener or Route status does not impact
+                        successful attachment, i.e. the AttachedRoutes field count MUST be set
+                        for Listeners with condition Accepted: false and MUST count successfully
+                        attached Routes that may themselves have Accepted: false conditions.
+
+                        Uses for this field include troubleshooting Route attachment and
+                        measuring blast radius/impact of changes to a Listener.
+                      format: int32
+                      type: integer
+                    conditions:
+                      description: Conditions describe the current condition of this
+                        listener.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    name:
+                      description: Name is the name of the Listener that this status
+                        corresponds to.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    supportedKinds:
+                      description: |-
+                        SupportedKinds is the list indicating the Kinds supported by this
+                        listener. This MUST represent the kinds an implementation supports for
+                        that Listener configuration.
+
+                        If kinds are specified in Spec that are not supported, they MUST NOT
+                        appear in this list and an implementation MUST set the "ResolvedRefs"
+                        condition to "False" with the "InvalidRouteKinds" reason. If both valid
+                        and invalid Route kinds are specified, the implementation MUST
+                        reference the valid Route kinds that have been specified.
+                      items:
+                        description: RouteGroupKind indicates the group and kind of
+                          a Route resource.
+                        properties:
+                          group:
+                            default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                            description: Group is the group of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            description: Kind is the kind of the Route.
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - kind
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      type: array
+                  required:
+                  - attachedRoutes
+                  - conditions
+                  - name
+                  - supportedKinds
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 64
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                - name
+                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_grpcroutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: grpcroutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: GRPCRoute
+    listKind: GRPCRouteList
+    plural: grpcroutes
+    singular: grpcroute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          GRPCRoute provides a way to route gRPC requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, gRPC service, gRPC method, or HTTP/2 header.
+          Filters can be used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify
+          where matching requests will be routed.
+
+          GRPCRoute falls under extended support within the Gateway API. Within the
+          following specification, the word "MUST" indicates that an implementation
+          supporting GRPCRoute must conform to the indicated requirement, but an
+          implementation not supporting this route type need not follow the requirement
+          unless explicitly indicated.
+
+          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTPS` `ProtocolType` MUST
+          accept HTTP/2 connections without an initial upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. via
+          ALPN. If the implementation does not support this, then it MUST set the
+          "Accepted" condition to "False" for the affected listener with a reason of
+          "UnsupportedProtocol".  Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections
+          with an upgrade from HTTP/1.
+
+          Implementations supporting `GRPCRoute` with the `HTTP` `ProtocolType` MUST
+          support HTTP/2 over cleartext TCP (h2c,
+          https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.1) without an initial
+          upgrade from HTTP/1.1, i.e. with prior knowledge
+          (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7540#section-3.4). If the implementation
+          does not support this, then it MUST set the "Accepted" condition to "False"
+          for the affected listener with a reason of "UnsupportedProtocol".
+          Implementations MAY also accept HTTP/2 connections with an upgrade from
+          HTTP/1, i.e. without prior knowledge.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of GRPCRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames to match against the GRPC
+                  Host header to select a GRPCRoute to process the request. This matches
+                  the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label MUST appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and GRPCRoute, there
+                  MUST be at least one intersecting hostname for the GRPCRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches GRPCRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `test.example.com` and `*.example.com` would both match. On the other
+                    hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  GRPCRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  GRPCRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` MUST NOT be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and GRPCRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the GRPCRoute MUST NOT be accepted by
+                  the implementation. The implementation MUST raise an 'Accepted' Condition
+                  with a status of `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  If a Route (A) of type HTTPRoute or GRPCRoute is attached to a
+                  Listener and that listener already has another Route (B) of the other
+                  type attached and the intersection of the hostnames of A and B is
+                  non-empty, then the implementation MUST accept exactly one of these two
+                  routes, determined by the following criteria, in order:
+
+                  * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                  * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                    "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                  The rejected Route MUST raise an 'Accepted' condition with a status of
+                  'False' in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''')) : true))'
+                - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or
+                    more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName))))
+              rules:
+                description: Rules are a list of GRPC matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    GRPCRouteRule defines the semantics for matching a gRPC request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+
+                        See the GRPCBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        GRPCBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a GRPCBackendRef is invalid, `UNAVAILABLE` statuses MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic MUST receive an `UNAVAILABLE` status.
+                        Implementations may choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCBackendRef defines how a GRPCRoute forwards a gRPC request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level MUST be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in GRPCRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        The effects of ordering of multiple behaviors are currently unspecified.
+                        This can change in the future based on feedback during the alpha stage.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations that support
+                          GRPCRoute.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        If an implementation cannot support a combination of filters, it must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. GRPCRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations supporting GRPCRoute MUST support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` MUST be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+                            enum:
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        gRPC requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - method:
+                            service: foo.bar
+                          headers:
+                            values:
+                              version: 2
+                        - method:
+                            service: foo.bar.v2
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, it MUST satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - service of foo.bar AND contains the header `version: 2`
+                        - service of foo.bar.v2
+
+                        See the documentation for GRPCRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions to be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the implementation MUST match every gRPC request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from GRPCRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize rules based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Merging MUST not be done between GRPCRoutes and HTTPRoutes.
+                        Precedence MUST be given to the rule with the largest number of:
+
+                        * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                        * Characters in a matching hostname.
+                        * Characters in a matching service.
+                        * Characters in a matching method.
+                        * Header matches.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within the Route that has been given precedence,
+                        matching precedence MUST be granted to the first matching rule meeting
+                        the above criteria.
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          GRPCRouteMatch defines the predicate used to match requests to a given
+                          action. Multiple match types are ANDed together, i.e. the match will
+                          evaluate to true only if all conditions are satisfied.
+
+                          For example, the match below will match a gRPC request only if its service
+                          is `foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:
+
+                          ```
+                          matches:
+                            - method:
+                              type: Exact
+                              service: "foo"
+                              headers:
+                            - name: "version"
+                              value "v1"
+
+                          ```
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies gRPC request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request MUST match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                GRPCHeaderMatch describes how to select a gRPC route by matching gRPC request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the gRPC Header to be matched.
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: Type specifies how to match against
+                                    the value of the header.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of the gRPC Header
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies a gRPC request service/method matcher. If this field is
+                              not specified, all services and methods will match.
+                            properties:
+                              method:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Value of the method to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
+                                  match all services.
+
+                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                              service:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Value of the service to match against. If left empty or omitted, will
+                                  match any service.
+
+                                  At least one of Service and Method MUST be a non-empty string.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                              type:
+                                default: Exact
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the service and/or method.
+                                  Support: Core (Exact with service and method specified)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (Exact with method specified but no service specified)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: One or both of 'service' or 'method' must be
+                                specified
+                              rule: 'has(self.type) ? has(self.service) || has(self.method)
+                                : true'
+                            - message: service must only contain valid characters
+                                (matching ^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$)
+                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
+                                has(self.service) ? self.service.matches(r"""^(?i)\.?[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*(\.[a-z_][a-z_0-9]*)*$"""):
+                                true'
+                            - message: method must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$)
+                              rule: '(!has(self.type) || self.type == ''Exact'') &&
+                                has(self.method) ? self.method.matches(r"""^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*$"""):
+                                true'
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? (has(self[0].matches) ? self[0].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 1 ? (has(self[1].matches) ? self[1].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? (has(self[2].matches) ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? (has(self[3].matches) ? self[3].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 4 ? (has(self[4].matches) ? self[4].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? (has(self[5].matches) ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? (has(self[6].matches) ? self[6].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 7 ? (has(self[7].matches) ? self[7].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? (has(self[8].matches) ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? (has(self[9].matches) ? self[9].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 10 ? (has(self[10].matches) ? self[10].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? (has(self[11].matches) ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? (has(self[12].matches) ? self[12].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 13 ? (has(self[13].matches) ? self[13].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? (has(self[14].matches) ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? (has(self[15].matches) ? self[15].matches.size()
+                    : 0) : 0) <= 128'
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of GRPCRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_httproutes.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: httproutes.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: HTTPRoute
+    listKind: HTTPRouteList
+    plural: httproutes
+    singular: httproute
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
+          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
+          requests should be routed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
+                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
+                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
+                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
+                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.
+
+                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
+                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
+                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
+                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
+                    not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
+                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
+                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
+                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
+                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:
+
+                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                  * Characters in a matching hostname.
+
+                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
+                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''')) : true))'
+                - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or
+                    more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName))))
+              rules:
+                default:
+                - matches:
+                  - path:
+                      type: PathPrefix
+                      value: /
+                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
+                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
+                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
+                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
+                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                requestRedirect:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                    port:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+
+                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                        following rules:
+
+                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                          Listener port.
+
+                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                        header in the following cases:
+
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 65535
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                    scheme:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - http
+                                      - https
+                                      type: string
+                                    statusCode:
+                                      default: 302
+                                      description: |-
+                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      enum:
+                                      - 301
+                                      - 302
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations must support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                      specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - RequestRedirect
+                                  - URLRewrite
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  type: string
+                                urlRewrite:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                        forwarding.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                  type: object
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
+                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
+                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not URLRewrite
+                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                                  filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
+                        they are specified.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
+                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
+                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
+                        that behavior.
+
+                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
+                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
+                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
+                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
+                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
+                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
+                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          requestRedirect:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                              port:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+
+                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                  following rules:
+
+                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                    Listener port.
+
+                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                  header in the following cases:
+
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 65535
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                              scheme:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - http
+                                - https
+                                type: string
+                              statusCode:
+                                default: 302
+                                description: |-
+                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                enum:
+                                - 301
+                                - 302
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations must support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                            enum:
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - RequestRedirect
+                            - URLRewrite
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            type: string
+                          urlRewrite:
+                            description: |-
+                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                  forwarding.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                            type: object
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestRedirect
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not URLRewrite
+                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
+                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
+                          1
+                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      default:
+                      - path:
+                          type: PathPrefix
+                          value: /
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/foo"
+                          headers:
+                          - name: "version"
+                            value: "v2"
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/v2/foo"
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
+                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`
+
+                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
+                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
+                        HTTP request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
+                        given to the match having:
+
+                        * "Exact" path match.
+                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
+                        * Method match.
+                        * Largest number of header matches.
+                        * Largest number of query param matches.
+
+                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
+                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
+                        criteria.
+
+                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
+                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
+                      items:
+                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
+                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
+                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
+                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
+                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
+                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
+                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
+                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+
+                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
+                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
+                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
+                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
+                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.
+
+                                    Support: Core (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
+                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
+                                    determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
+                                    be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
+                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
+                              specified method.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            enum:
+                            - GET
+                            - HEAD
+                            - POST
+                            - PUT
+                            - DELETE
+                            - CONNECT
+                            - OPTIONS
+                            - TRACE
+                            - PATCH
+                            type: string
+                          path:
+                            default:
+                              type: PathPrefix
+                              value: /
+                            description: |-
+                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
+                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
+                            properties:
+                              type:
+                                default: PathPrefix
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.
+
+                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - PathPrefix
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                              value:
+                                default: /
+                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
+                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
+                                'RegularExpression']
+                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
+                                == 'RegularExpression'
+                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
+                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
+                                : true'
+                          queryParams:
+                            description: |-
+                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
+                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
+                              specified query parameters to select the route.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
+                                query parameters.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
+                                    exact string match. (See
+                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.
+
+                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
+                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
+                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
+                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
+                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
+                                    the Gateway API.
+
+                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
+                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.
+
+                                    Support: Extended (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
+                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
+                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 1024
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                    timeouts:
+                      description: |-
+                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        backendRequest:
+                          description: |-
+                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
+                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
+                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
+                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
+                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.
+
+                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
+                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
+                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
+                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        request:
+                          description: |-
+                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
+                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
+                            MUST return a timeout error.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
+                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
+                            to complete.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
+                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
+                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
+                            initiated by the client.
+
+                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
+                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
+                          timeout
+                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
+                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
+                          > duration(self.request))'
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
+                      backendRefs
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
+                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
+                      true'
+                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
+                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
+                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
+                      be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
+                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
+                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
+                      specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .spec.hostnames
+      name: Hostnames
+      type: string
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          HTTPRoute provides a way to route HTTP requests. This includes the capability
+          to match requests by hostname, path, header, or query param. Filters can be
+          used to specify additional processing steps. Backends specify where matching
+          requests should be routed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              hostnames:
+                description: |-
+                  Hostnames defines a set of hostnames that should match against the HTTP Host
+                  header to select a HTTPRoute used to process the request. Implementations
+                  MUST ignore any port value specified in the HTTP Host header while
+                  performing a match and (absent of any applicable header modification
+                  configuration) MUST forward this header unmodified to the backend.
+
+                  Valid values for Hostnames are determined by RFC 1123 definition of a
+                  hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                  1. IPs are not allowed.
+                  2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                     label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                  If a hostname is specified by both the Listener and HTTPRoute, there
+                  must be at least one intersecting hostname for the HTTPRoute to be
+                  attached to the Listener. For example:
+
+                  * A Listener with `test.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames, or have specified at
+                    least one of `test.example.com` or `*.example.com`.
+                  * A Listener with `*.example.com` as the hostname matches HTTPRoutes
+                    that have either not specified any hostnames or have specified at least
+                    one hostname that matches the Listener hostname. For example,
+                    `*.example.com`, `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com` would
+                    all match. On the other hand, `example.com` and `test.example.net` would
+                    not match.
+
+                  Hostnames that are prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`) are interpreted
+                  as a suffix match. That means that a match for `*.example.com` would match
+                  both `test.example.com`, and `foo.test.example.com`, but not `example.com`.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, any
+                  HTTPRoute hostnames that do not match the Listener hostname MUST be
+                  ignored. For example, if a Listener specified `*.example.com`, and the
+                  HTTPRoute specified `test.example.com` and `test.example.net`,
+                  `test.example.net` must not be considered for a match.
+
+                  If both the Listener and HTTPRoute have specified hostnames, and none
+                  match with the criteria above, then the HTTPRoute is not accepted. The
+                  implementation must raise an 'Accepted' Condition with a status of
+                  `False` in the corresponding RouteParentStatus.
+
+                  In the event that multiple HTTPRoutes specify intersecting hostnames (e.g.
+                  overlapping wildcard matching and exact matching hostnames), precedence must
+                  be given to rules from the HTTPRoute with the largest number of:
+
+                  * Characters in a matching non-wildcard hostname.
+                  * Characters in a matching hostname.
+
+                  If ties exist across multiple Routes, the matching precedence rules for
+                  HTTPRouteMatches takes over.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    Hostname is the fully qualified domain name of a network host. This matches
+                    the RFC 1123 definition of a hostname with 2 notable exceptions:
+
+                     1. IPs are not allowed.
+                     2. A hostname may be prefixed with a wildcard label (`*.`). The wildcard
+                        label must appear by itself as the first label.
+
+                    Hostname can be "precise" which is a domain name without the terminating
+                    dot of a network host (e.g. "foo.example.com") or "wildcard", which is a
+                    domain name prefixed with a single wildcard label (e.g. `*.example.com`).
+
+                    Note that as per RFC1035 and RFC1123, a *label* must consist of lower case
+                    alphanumeric characters or '-', and must start and end with an alphanumeric
+                    character. No other punctuation is allowed.
+                  maxLength: 253
+                  minLength: 1
+                  pattern: ^(\*\.)?[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                  type: string
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+              parentRefs:
+                description: |-
+                  ParentRefs references the resources (usually Gateways) that a Route wants
+                  to be attached to. Note that the referenced parent resource needs to
+                  allow this for the attachment to be complete. For Gateways, that means
+                  the Gateway needs to allow attachment from Routes of this kind and
+                  namespace. For Services, that means the Service must either be in the same
+                  namespace for a "producer" route, or the mesh implementation must support
+                  and allow "consumer" routes for the referenced Service. ReferenceGrant is
+                  not applicable for governing ParentRefs to Services - it is not possible to
+                  create a "producer" route for a Service in a different namespace from the
+                  Route.
+
+                  There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                  * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                  * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                  This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                  resources.
+
+                  ParentRefs must be _distinct_. This means either that:
+
+                  * They select different objects.  If this is the case, then parentRef
+                    entries are distinct. In terms of fields, this means that the
+                    multi-part key defined by `group`, `kind`, `namespace`, and `name` must
+                    be unique across all parentRef entries in the Route.
+                  * They do not select different objects, but for each optional field used,
+                    each ParentRef that selects the same object must set the same set of
+                    optional fields to different values. If one ParentRef sets a
+                    combination of optional fields, all must set the same combination.
+
+                  Some examples:
+
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName`, all ParentRefs referencing the
+                    same object must also set `sectionName`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `port`, all ParentRefs referencing the same
+                    object must also set `port`.
+                  * If one ParentRef sets `sectionName` and `port`, all ParentRefs
+                    referencing the same object must also set `sectionName` and `port`.
+
+                  It is possible to separately reference multiple distinct objects that may
+                  be collapsed by an implementation. For example, some implementations may
+                  choose to merge compatible Gateway Listeners together. If that is the
+                  case, the list of routes attached to those resources should also be
+                  merged.
+
+                  Note that for ParentRefs that cross namespace boundaries, there are specific
+                  rules. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                  allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example,
+                  Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                  generic way to enable other kinds of cross-namespace reference.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ParentReference identifies an API object (usually a Gateway) that can be considered
+                    a parent of this resource (usually a route). There are two kinds of parent resources
+                    with "Core" support:
+
+                    * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                    * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                    This API may be extended in the future to support additional kinds of parent
+                    resources.
+
+                    The API object must be valid in the cluster; the Group and Kind must
+                    be registered in the cluster for this reference to be valid.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                        To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                        Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      default: Gateway
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                        There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                        * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                        * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                        Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                        to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                        Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                        boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                        allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                        Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                        generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    port:
+                      description: |-
+                        Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                        differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                        When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                        listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                        select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                        networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                        as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                        and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                        must match both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                        Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                        document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                        long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                        from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                        the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      format: int32
+                      maximum: 65535
+                      minimum: 1
+                      type: integer
+                    sectionName:
+                      description: |-
+                        SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                        following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                        * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+                        * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                        are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                        both specified values.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                        If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                        interpreted.
+
+                        When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                        For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                        least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                        listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                        namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                        the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                        attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                        Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - name
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: sectionName must be specified when parentRefs includes
+                    2 or more references to the same parent
+                  rule: 'self.all(p1, self.all(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '''') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '''')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) ? ((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '''') == (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '''')) : true))'
+                - message: sectionName must be unique when parentRefs includes 2 or
+                    more references to the same parent
+                  rule: self.all(p1, self.exists_one(p2, p1.group == p2.group && p1.kind
+                    == p2.kind && p1.name == p2.name && (((!has(p1.__namespace__)
+                    || p1.__namespace__ == '') && (!has(p2.__namespace__) || p2.__namespace__
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.__namespace__) && has(p2.__namespace__) &&
+                    p1.__namespace__ == p2.__namespace__ )) && (((!has(p1.sectionName)
+                    || p1.sectionName == '') && (!has(p2.sectionName) || p2.sectionName
+                    == '')) || (has(p1.sectionName) && has(p2.sectionName) && p1.sectionName
+                    == p2.sectionName))))
+              rules:
+                default:
+                - matches:
+                  - path:
+                      type: PathPrefix
+                      value: /
+                description: Rules are a list of HTTP matchers, filters and actions.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    HTTPRouteRule defines semantics for matching an HTTP request based on
+                    conditions (matches), processing it (filters), and forwarding the request to
+                    an API object (backendRefs).
+                  properties:
+                    backendRefs:
+                      description: |-
+                        BackendRefs defines the backend(s) where matching requests should be
+                        sent.
+
+                        Failure behavior here depends on how many BackendRefs are specified and
+                        how many are invalid.
+
+                        If *all* entries in BackendRefs are invalid, and there are also no filters
+                        specified in this route rule, *all* traffic which matches this rule MUST
+                        receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        See the HTTPBackendRef definition for the rules about what makes a single
+                        HTTPBackendRef invalid.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef is invalid, 500 status codes MUST be returned for
+                        requests that would have otherwise been routed to an invalid backend. If
+                        multiple backends are specified, and some are invalid, the proportion of
+                        requests that would otherwise have been routed to an invalid backend
+                        MUST receive a 500 status code.
+
+                        For example, if two backends are specified with equal weights, and one is
+                        invalid, 50 percent of traffic must receive a 500. Implementations may
+                        choose how that 50 percent is determined.
+
+                        When a HTTPBackendRef refers to a Service that has no ready endpoints,
+                        implementations SHOULD return a 503 for requests to that backend instead.
+                        If an implementation chooses to do this, all of the above rules for 500 responses
+                        MUST also apply for responses that return a 503.
+
+                        Support: Core for Kubernetes Service
+
+                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes ServiceImport
+
+                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+
+                        Support for weight: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPBackendRef defines how a HTTPRoute forwards a HTTP request.
+
+                          Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified, a
+                          ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                          namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                          documentation for details.
+                        properties:
+                          filters:
+                            description: |-
+                              Filters defined at this level should be executed if and only if the
+                              request is being forwarded to the backend defined here.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (For broader support of filters, use the
+                              Filters field in HTTPRouteRule.)
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                                request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                                point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                                examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                                authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                                guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                              properties:
+                                extensionRef:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                                    "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                                    "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                                    extended filters.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific
+                                  properties:
+                                    group:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                        When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    kind:
+                                      description: Kind is kind of the referent. For
+                                        example "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                      maxLength: 63
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                      type: string
+                                    name:
+                                      description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - group
+                                  - kind
+                                  - name
+                                  type: object
+                                requestHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                requestMirror:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                                    Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                                    that destination are ignored.
+
+                                    This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                                    not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                                    backends.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    backendRef:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                        Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                        within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                        within this BackendRef.
+
+                                        If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                        dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                        condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                        this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                        If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                        that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                        "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                        with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                        underlying implementation.
+
+                                        In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                        should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                        Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                        Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                      properties:
+                                        group:
+                                          default: ""
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                            When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                          type: string
+                                        kind:
+                                          default: Service
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                            "Service".
+
+                                            Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                            ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                            outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                            terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                            CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                            support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                            Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                            Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        name:
+                                          description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                          maxLength: 253
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          type: string
+                                        namespace:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                            namespace is inferred.
+
+                                            Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                            a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                            namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                            documentation for details.
+
+                                            Support: Core
+                                          maxLength: 63
+                                          minLength: 1
+                                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                          type: string
+                                        port:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                            Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                            case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                            For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                            resource or this field.
+                                          format: int32
+                                          maximum: 65535
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - name
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                        rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind
+                                          == ''Service'') ? has(self.port) : true'
+                                    fraction:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      properties:
+                                        denominator:
+                                          default: 100
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 1
+                                          type: integer
+                                        numerator:
+                                          format: int32
+                                          minimum: 0
+                                          type: integer
+                                      required:
+                                      - numerator
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: numerator must be less than or equal
+                                          to denominator
+                                        rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                                    percent:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                        mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                        requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                        Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                        is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 100
+                                      minimum: 0
+                                      type: integer
+                                  required:
+                                  - backendRef
+                                  type: object
+                                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                  - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be
+                                      specified in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                                    rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                                requestRedirect:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                                    request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                                    Support: Core
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+                                        When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                        The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                        empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                    port:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                        header in the response.
+
+                                        If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                        following rules:
+
+                                        * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                          port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                          and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                          well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                        * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                          Listener port.
+
+                                        Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                        header in the following cases:
+
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                        * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                          the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      format: int32
+                                      maximum: 65535
+                                      minimum: 1
+                                      type: integer
+                                    scheme:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                        the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                        Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                        refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      enum:
+                                      - http
+                                      - https
+                                      type: string
+                                    statusCode:
+                                      default: 302
+                                      description: |-
+                                        StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                        Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                        must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                        Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                        Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                        Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                        Support: Core
+                                      enum:
+                                      - 301
+                                      - 302
+                                      type: integer
+                                  type: object
+                                responseHeaderModifier:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                                    headers.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    add:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                        before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                        with the header name.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          add:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                    remove:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                        value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                        names are case-insensitive (see
+                                        https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header1: foo
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                          my-header3: baz
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header2: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        type: string
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                                    set:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                        before the action.
+
+                                        Input:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: foo
+
+                                        Config:
+                                          set:
+                                          - name: "my-header"
+                                            value: "bar"
+
+                                        Output:
+                                          GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                          my-header: bar
+                                      items:
+                                        description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP
+                                          Header name and value as defined by RFC
+                                          7230.
+                                        properties:
+                                          name:
+                                            description: |-
+                                              Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                              case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                              If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                              an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                              with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                              case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                              equivalent.
+                                            maxLength: 256
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                            type: string
+                                          value:
+                                            description: Value is the value of HTTP
+                                              Header to be matched.
+                                            maxLength: 4096
+                                            minLength: 1
+                                            type: string
+                                        required:
+                                        - name
+                                        - value
+                                        type: object
+                                      maxItems: 16
+                                      type: array
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                      - name
+                                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                                  type: object
+                                type:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                                    types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                                    - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                      implementations must support core filters.
+
+                                    - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                      "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                      are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                                    - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                      specific vendors.
+                                      In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                      implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                      conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                      is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                      "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                                    Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                                    extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                                    If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                                    MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                                    that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                                    Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                    must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                    Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                    Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                    Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - RequestHeaderModifier
+                                  - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                  - RequestMirror
+                                  - RequestRedirect
+                                  - URLRewrite
+                                  - ExtensionRef
+                                  type: string
+                                urlRewrite:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                                    Support: Extended
+                                  properties:
+                                    hostname:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                        forwarding.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      maxLength: 253
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                      type: string
+                                    path:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                        Support: Extended
+                                      properties:
+                                        replaceFullPath:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                            of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        replacePrefixMatch:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                            match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                            to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                            of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                            Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                            matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                            in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                            ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                            match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                            ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                            Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                            the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                            Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                          maxLength: 1024
+                                          type: string
+                                        type:
+                                          description: |-
+                                            Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                            added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                            Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                            must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                            Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                            Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                            Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                          enum:
+                                          - ReplaceFullPath
+                                          - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                          type: string
+                                      required:
+                                      - type
+                                      type: object
+                                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                      - message: replaceFullPath must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ?
+                                          has(self.replaceFullPath) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when
+                                          replaceFullPath is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                      - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified
+                                          when type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                        rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                                          ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch) : true'
+                                      - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                          when replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                        rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                          == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                                  type: object
+                              required:
+                              - type
+                              type: object
+                              x-kubernetes-validations:
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil
+                                  if the filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                                rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  != ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                                  for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                                  == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not RequestMirror
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for
+                                  RequestMirror filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestMirror'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the
+                                  filter.type is not RequestRedirect
+                                rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type !=
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified
+                                  for RequestRedirect filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type ==
+                                  ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not URLRewrite
+                                rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                                  filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                                  is not ExtensionRef
+                                rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                              - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for
+                                  ExtensionRef filter.type
+                                rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                                or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                              rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'')
+                                && self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                            - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size()
+                                <= 1
+                            - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                              rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size()
+                                <= 1
+                          group:
+                            default: ""
+                            description: |-
+                              Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                              When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                            type: string
+                          kind:
+                            default: Service
+                            description: |-
+                              Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                              "Service".
+
+                              Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                              ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                              outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                              terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                              CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                              support ExternalName Services.
+
+                              Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          name:
+                            description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                            maxLength: 253
+                            minLength: 1
+                            type: string
+                          namespace:
+                            description: |-
+                              Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                              namespace is inferred.
+
+                              Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                              a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                              namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                              documentation for details.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            maxLength: 63
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                            type: string
+                          port:
+                            description: |-
+                              Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                              Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                              case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                              For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                              resource or this field.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 65535
+                            minimum: 1
+                            type: integer
+                          weight:
+                            default: 1
+                            description: |-
+                              Weight specifies the proportion of requests forwarded to the referenced
+                              backend. This is computed as weight/(sum of all weights in this
+                              BackendRefs list). For non-zero values, there may be some epsilon from
+                              the exact proportion defined here depending on the precision an
+                              implementation supports. Weight is not a percentage and the sum of
+                              weights does not need to equal 100.
+
+                              If only one backend is specified and it has a weight greater than 0, 100%
+                              of the traffic is forwarded to that backend. If weight is set to 0, no
+                              traffic should be forwarded for this entry. If unspecified, weight
+                              defaults to 1.
+
+                              Support for this field varies based on the context where used.
+                            format: int32
+                            maximum: 1000000
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                        required:
+                        - name
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                          rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                            ? has(self.port) : true'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                    filters:
+                      description: |-
+                        Filters define the filters that are applied to requests that match
+                        this rule.
+
+                        Wherever possible, implementations SHOULD implement filters in the order
+                        they are specified.
+
+                        Implementations MAY choose to implement this ordering strictly, rejecting
+                        any combination or order of filters that cannot be supported. If implementations
+                        choose a strict interpretation of filter ordering, they MUST clearly document
+                        that behavior.
+
+                        To reject an invalid combination or order of filters, implementations SHOULD
+                        consider the Route Rules with this configuration invalid. If all Route Rules
+                        in a Route are invalid, the entire Route would be considered invalid. If only
+                        a portion of Route Rules are invalid, implementations MUST set the
+                        "PartiallyInvalid" condition for the Route.
+
+                        Conformance-levels at this level are defined based on the type of filter:
+
+                        - ALL core filters MUST be supported by all implementations.
+                        - Implementers are encouraged to support extended filters.
+                        - Implementation-specific custom filters have no API guarantees across
+                          implementations.
+
+                        Specifying the same filter multiple times is not supported unless explicitly
+                        indicated in the filter.
+
+                        All filters are expected to be compatible with each other except for the
+                        URLRewrite and RequestRedirect filters, which may not be combined. If an
+                        implementation cannot support other combinations of filters, they must clearly
+                        document that limitation. In cases where incompatible or unsupported
+                        filters are specified and cause the `Accepted` condition to be set to status
+                        `False`, implementations may use the `IncompatibleFilters` reason to specify
+                        this configuration error.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      items:
+                        description: |-
+                          HTTPRouteFilter defines processing steps that must be completed during the
+                          request or response lifecycle. HTTPRouteFilters are meant as an extension
+                          point to express processing that may be done in Gateway implementations. Some
+                          examples include request or response modification, implementing
+                          authentication strategies, rate-limiting, and traffic shaping. API
+                          guarantee/conformance is defined based on the type of the filter.
+                        properties:
+                          extensionRef:
+                            description: |-
+                              ExtensionRef is an optional, implementation-specific extension to the
+                              "filter" behavior.  For example, resource "myroutefilter" in group
+                              "networking.example.net"). ExtensionRef MUST NOT be used for core and
+                              extended filters.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule.
+
+                              Support: Implementation-specific
+                            properties:
+                              group:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                  When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              kind:
+                                description: Kind is kind of the referent. For example
+                                  "HTTPRoute" or "Service".
+                                maxLength: 63
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                type: string
+                              name:
+                                description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                type: string
+                            required:
+                            - group
+                            - kind
+                            - name
+                            type: object
+                          requestHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies request
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          requestMirror:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestMirror defines a schema for a filter that mirrors requests.
+                              Requests are sent to the specified destination, but responses from
+                              that destination are ignored.
+
+                              This filter can be used multiple times within the same rule. Note that
+                              not all implementations will be able to support mirroring to multiple
+                              backends.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              backendRef:
+                                description: |-
+                                  BackendRef references a resource where mirrored requests are sent.
+
+                                  Mirrored requests must be sent only to a single destination endpoint
+                                  within this BackendRef, irrespective of how many endpoints are present
+                                  within this BackendRef.
+
+                                  If the referent cannot be found, this BackendRef is invalid and must be
+                                  dropped from the Gateway. The controller must ensure the "ResolvedRefs"
+                                  condition on the Route status is set to `status: False` and not configure
+                                  this backend in the underlying implementation.
+
+                                  If there is a cross-namespace reference to an *existing* object
+                                  that is not allowed by a ReferenceGrant, the controller must ensure the
+                                  "ResolvedRefs"  condition on the Route is set to `status: False`,
+                                  with the "RefNotPermitted" reason and not configure this backend in the
+                                  underlying implementation.
+
+                                  In either error case, the Message of the `ResolvedRefs` Condition
+                                  should be used to provide more detail about the problem.
+
+                                  Support: Extended for Kubernetes Service
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific for any other resource
+                                properties:
+                                  group:
+                                    default: ""
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Group is the group of the referent. For example, "gateway.networking.k8s.io".
+                                      When unspecified or empty string, core API group is inferred.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                    type: string
+                                  kind:
+                                    default: Service
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Kind is the Kubernetes resource kind of the referent. For example
+                                      "Service".
+
+                                      Defaults to "Service" when not specified.
+
+                                      ExternalName services can refer to CNAME DNS records that may live
+                                      outside of the cluster and as such are difficult to reason about in
+                                      terms of conformance. They also may not be safe to forward to (see
+                                      CVE-2021-25740 for more information). Implementations SHOULD NOT
+                                      support ExternalName Services.
+
+                                      Support: Core (Services with a type other than ExternalName)
+
+                                      Support: Implementation-specific (Services with type ExternalName)
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  name:
+                                    description: Name is the name of the referent.
+                                    maxLength: 253
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    type: string
+                                  namespace:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Namespace is the namespace of the backend. When unspecified, the local
+                                      namespace is inferred.
+
+                                      Note that when a namespace different than the local namespace is specified,
+                                      a ReferenceGrant object is required in the referent namespace to allow that
+                                      namespace's owner to accept the reference. See the ReferenceGrant
+                                      documentation for details.
+
+                                      Support: Core
+                                    maxLength: 63
+                                    minLength: 1
+                                    pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                                    type: string
+                                  port:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Port specifies the destination port number to use for this resource.
+                                      Port is required when the referent is a Kubernetes Service. In this
+                                      case, the port number is the service port number, not the target port.
+                                      For other resources, destination port might be derived from the referent
+                                      resource or this field.
+                                    format: int32
+                                    maximum: 65535
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - name
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: Must have port for Service reference
+                                  rule: '(size(self.group) == 0 && self.kind == ''Service'')
+                                    ? has(self.port) : true'
+                              fraction:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Fraction represents the fraction of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef.
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                properties:
+                                  denominator:
+                                    default: 100
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 1
+                                    type: integer
+                                  numerator:
+                                    format: int32
+                                    minimum: 0
+                                    type: integer
+                                required:
+                                - numerator
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: numerator must be less than or equal to
+                                    denominator
+                                  rule: self.numerator <= self.denominator
+                              percent:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Percent represents the percentage of requests that should be
+                                  mirrored to BackendRef. Its minimum value is 0 (indicating 0% of
+                                  requests) and its maximum value is 100 (indicating 100% of requests).
+
+                                  Only one of Fraction or Percent may be specified. If neither field
+                                  is specified, 100% of requests will be mirrored.
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 100
+                                minimum: 0
+                                type: integer
+                            required:
+                            - backendRef
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: Only one of percent or fraction may be specified
+                                in HTTPRequestMirrorFilter
+                              rule: '!(has(self.percent) && has(self.fraction))'
+                          requestRedirect:
+                            description: |-
+                              RequestRedirect defines a schema for a filter that responds to the
+                              request with an HTTP redirection.
+
+                              Support: Core
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the hostname to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+                                  When empty, the hostname in the `Host` header of the request is used.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines parameters used to modify the path of the incoming request.
+                                  The modified path is then used to construct the `Location` header. When
+                                  empty, the request path is used as-is.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                              port:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Port is the port to be used in the value of the `Location`
+                                  header in the response.
+
+                                  If no port is specified, the redirect port MUST be derived using the
+                                  following rules:
+
+                                  * If redirect scheme is not-empty, the redirect port MUST be the well-known
+                                    port associated with the redirect scheme. Specifically "http" to port 80
+                                    and "https" to port 443. If the redirect scheme does not have a
+                                    well-known port, the listener port of the Gateway SHOULD be used.
+                                  * If redirect scheme is empty, the redirect port MUST be the Gateway
+                                    Listener port.
+
+                                  Implementations SHOULD NOT add the port number in the 'Location'
+                                  header in the following cases:
+
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTP (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 80.
+                                  * A Location header that will use HTTPS (whether that is determined via
+                                    the Listener protocol or the Scheme field) _and_ use port 443.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                format: int32
+                                maximum: 65535
+                                minimum: 1
+                                type: integer
+                              scheme:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Scheme is the scheme to be used in the value of the `Location` header in
+                                  the response. When empty, the scheme of the request is used.
+
+                                  Scheme redirects can affect the port of the redirect, for more information,
+                                  refer to the documentation for the port field of this filter.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                enum:
+                                - http
+                                - https
+                                type: string
+                              statusCode:
+                                default: 302
+                                description: |-
+                                  StatusCode is the HTTP status code to be used in response.
+
+                                  Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                  must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                  Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                  Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                  Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+
+                                  Support: Core
+                                enum:
+                                - 301
+                                - 302
+                                type: integer
+                            type: object
+                          responseHeaderModifier:
+                            description: |-
+                              ResponseHeaderModifier defines a schema for a filter that modifies response
+                              headers.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              add:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Add adds the given header(s) (name, value) to the request
+                                  before the action. It appends to any existing values associated
+                                  with the header name.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    add:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar,baz"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo,bar,baz
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                              remove:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Remove the given header(s) from the HTTP request before the action. The
+                                  value of Remove is a list of HTTP header names. Note that the header
+                                  names are case-insensitive (see
+                                  https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2616#section-4.2).
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header1: foo
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                    my-header3: baz
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    remove: ["my-header1", "my-header3"]
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header2: bar
+                                items:
+                                  type: string
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: set
+                              set:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Set overwrites the request with the given header (name, value)
+                                  before the action.
+
+                                  Input:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: foo
+
+                                  Config:
+                                    set:
+                                    - name: "my-header"
+                                      value: "bar"
+
+                                  Output:
+                                    GET /foo HTTP/1.1
+                                    my-header: bar
+                                items:
+                                  description: HTTPHeader represents an HTTP Header
+                                    name and value as defined by RFC 7230.
+                                  properties:
+                                    name:
+                                      description: |-
+                                        Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                        case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                        If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, the first entry with
+                                        an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent entries
+                                        with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                        case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                        equivalent.
+                                      maxLength: 256
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                      type: string
+                                    value:
+                                      description: Value is the value of HTTP Header
+                                        to be matched.
+                                      maxLength: 4096
+                                      minLength: 1
+                                      type: string
+                                  required:
+                                  - name
+                                  - value
+                                  type: object
+                                maxItems: 16
+                                type: array
+                                x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                                - name
+                                x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                            type: object
+                          type:
+                            description: |-
+                              Type identifies the type of filter to apply. As with other API fields,
+                              types are classified into three conformance levels:
+
+                              - Core: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Core" in this package, e.g. "RequestHeaderModifier". All
+                                implementations must support core filters.
+
+                              - Extended: Filter types and their corresponding configuration defined by
+                                "Support: Extended" in this package, e.g. "RequestMirror". Implementers
+                                are encouraged to support extended filters.
+
+                              - Implementation-specific: Filters that are defined and supported by
+                                specific vendors.
+                                In the future, filters showing convergence in behavior across multiple
+                                implementations will be considered for inclusion in extended or core
+                                conformance levels. Filter-specific configuration for such filters
+                                is specified using the ExtensionRef field. `Type` should be set to
+                                "ExtensionRef" for custom filters.
+
+                              Implementers are encouraged to define custom implementation types to
+                              extend the core API with implementation-specific behavior.
+
+                              If a reference to a custom filter type cannot be resolved, the filter
+                              MUST NOT be skipped. Instead, requests that would have been processed by
+                              that filter MUST receive a HTTP error response.
+
+                              Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                              must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                              Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                              Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                              Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                            enum:
+                            - RequestHeaderModifier
+                            - ResponseHeaderModifier
+                            - RequestMirror
+                            - RequestRedirect
+                            - URLRewrite
+                            - ExtensionRef
+                            type: string
+                          urlRewrite:
+                            description: |-
+                              URLRewrite defines a schema for a filter that modifies a request during forwarding.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            properties:
+                              hostname:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Hostname is the value to be used to replace the Host header value during
+                                  forwarding.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                maxLength: 253
+                                minLength: 1
+                                pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                                type: string
+                              path:
+                                description: |-
+                                  Path defines a path rewrite.
+
+                                  Support: Extended
+                                properties:
+                                  replaceFullPath:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplaceFullPath specifies the value with which to replace the full path
+                                      of a request during a rewrite or redirect.
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  replacePrefixMatch:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch specifies the value with which to replace the prefix
+                                      match of a request during a rewrite or redirect. For example, a request
+                                      to "/foo/bar" with a prefix match of "/foo" and a ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                      of "/xyz" would be modified to "/xyz/bar".
+
+                                      Note that this matches the behavior of the PathPrefix match type. This
+                                      matches full path elements. A path element refers to the list of labels
+                                      in the path split by the `/` separator. When specified, a trailing `/` is
+                                      ignored. For example, the paths `/abc`, `/abc/`, and `/abc/def` would all
+                                      match the prefix `/abc`, but the path `/abcd` would not.
+
+                                      ReplacePrefixMatch is only compatible with a `PathPrefix` HTTPRouteMatch.
+                                      Using any other HTTPRouteMatch type on the same HTTPRouteRule will result in
+                                      the implementation setting the Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`.
+
+                                      Request Path | Prefix Match | Replace Prefix | Modified Path
+                                    maxLength: 1024
+                                    type: string
+                                  type:
+                                    description: |-
+                                      Type defines the type of path modifier. Additional types may be
+                                      added in a future release of the API.
+
+                                      Note that values may be added to this enum, implementations
+                                      must ensure that unknown values will not cause a crash.
+
+                                      Unknown values here must result in the implementation setting the
+                                      Accepted Condition for the Route to `status: False`, with a
+                                      Reason of `UnsupportedValue`.
+                                    enum:
+                                    - ReplaceFullPath
+                                    - ReplacePrefixMatch
+                                    type: string
+                                required:
+                                - type
+                                type: object
+                                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                                - message: replaceFullPath must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplaceFullPath'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplaceFullPath'' ? has(self.replaceFullPath)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplaceFullPath' when replaceFullPath
+                                    is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replaceFullPath) ? self.type ==
+                                    ''ReplaceFullPath'' : true'
+                                - message: replacePrefixMatch must be specified when
+                                    type is set to 'ReplacePrefixMatch'
+                                  rule: 'self.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' ? has(self.replacePrefixMatch)
+                                    : true'
+                                - message: type must be 'ReplacePrefixMatch' when
+                                    replacePrefixMatch is set
+                                  rule: 'has(self.replacePrefixMatch) ? self.type
+                                    == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' : true'
+                            type: object
+                        required:
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                        x-kubernetes-validations:
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not RequestHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for RequestHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestHeaderModifier) && self.type ==
+                            ''RequestHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be nil if the
+                            filter.type is not ResponseHeaderModifier
+                          rule: '!(has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type !=
+                            ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.responseHeaderModifier must be specified
+                            for ResponseHeaderModifier filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.responseHeaderModifier) && self.type
+                            == ''ResponseHeaderModifier'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestMirror
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestMirror) && self.type != ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestMirror must be specified for RequestMirror
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestMirror) && self.type == ''RequestMirror'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not RequestRedirect
+                          rule: '!(has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type != ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.requestRedirect must be specified for RequestRedirect
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.requestRedirect) && self.type == ''RequestRedirect'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not URLRewrite
+                          rule: '!(has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type != ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.urlRewrite must be specified for URLRewrite
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.urlRewrite) && self.type == ''URLRewrite'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be nil if the filter.type
+                            is not ExtensionRef
+                          rule: '!(has(self.extensionRef) && self.type != ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                        - message: filter.extensionRef must be specified for ExtensionRef
+                            filter.type
+                          rule: '!(!has(self.extensionRef) && self.type == ''ExtensionRef'')'
+                      maxItems: 16
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: May specify either httpRouteFilterRequestRedirect
+                          or httpRouteFilterRequestRewrite, but not both
+                        rule: '!(self.exists(f, f.type == ''RequestRedirect'') &&
+                          self.exists(f, f.type == ''URLRewrite''))'
+                      - message: RequestHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: ResponseHeaderModifier filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'ResponseHeaderModifier').size()
+                          <= 1
+                      - message: RequestRedirect filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'RequestRedirect').size() <=
+                          1
+                      - message: URLRewrite filter cannot be repeated
+                        rule: self.filter(f, f.type == 'URLRewrite').size() <= 1
+                    matches:
+                      default:
+                      - path:
+                          type: PathPrefix
+                          value: /
+                      description: |-
+                        Matches define conditions used for matching the rule against incoming
+                        HTTP requests. Each match is independent, i.e. this rule will be matched
+                        if **any** one of the matches is satisfied.
+
+                        For example, take the following matches configuration:
+
+                        ```
+                        matches:
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/foo"
+                          headers:
+                          - name: "version"
+                            value: "v2"
+                        - path:
+                            value: "/v2/foo"
+                        ```
+
+                        For a request to match against this rule, a request must satisfy
+                        EITHER of the two conditions:
+
+                        - path prefixed with `/foo` AND contains the header `version: v2`
+                        - path prefix of `/v2/foo`
+
+                        See the documentation for HTTPRouteMatch on how to specify multiple
+                        match conditions that should be ANDed together.
+
+                        If no matches are specified, the default is a prefix
+                        path match on "/", which has the effect of matching every
+                        HTTP request.
+
+                        Proxy or Load Balancer routing configuration generated from HTTPRoutes
+                        MUST prioritize matches based on the following criteria, continuing on
+                        ties. Across all rules specified on applicable Routes, precedence must be
+                        given to the match having:
+
+                        * "Exact" path match.
+                        * "Prefix" path match with largest number of characters.
+                        * Method match.
+                        * Largest number of header matches.
+                        * Largest number of query param matches.
+
+                        Note: The precedence of RegularExpression path matches are implementation-specific.
+
+                        If ties still exist across multiple Routes, matching precedence MUST be
+                        determined in order of the following criteria, continuing on ties:
+
+                        * The oldest Route based on creation timestamp.
+                        * The Route appearing first in alphabetical order by
+                          "{namespace}/{name}".
+
+                        If ties still exist within an HTTPRoute, matching precedence MUST be granted
+                        to the FIRST matching rule (in list order) with a match meeting the above
+                        criteria.
+
+                        When no rules matching a request have been successfully attached to the
+                        parent a request is coming from, a HTTP 404 status code MUST be returned.
+                      items:
+                        description: "HTTPRouteMatch defines the predicate used to
+                          match requests to a given\naction. Multiple match types
+                          are ANDed together, i.e. the match will\nevaluate to true
+                          only if all conditions are satisfied.\n\nFor example, the
+                          match below will match a HTTP request only if its path\nstarts
+                          with `/foo` AND it contains the `version: v1` header:\n\n```\nmatch:\n\n\tpath:\n\t
+                          \ value: \"/foo\"\n\theaders:\n\t- name: \"version\"\n\t
+                          \ value \"v1\"\n\n```"
+                        properties:
+                          headers:
+                            description: |-
+                              Headers specifies HTTP request header matchers. Multiple match values are
+                              ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the specified headers
+                              to select the route.
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPHeaderMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP request
+                                headers.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP Header to be matched. Name matching MUST be
+                                    case-insensitive. (See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-3.2).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent header names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent header name MUST be ignored. Due to the
+                                    case-insensitivity of header names, "foo" and "Foo" are considered
+                                    equivalent.
+
+                                    When a header is repeated in an HTTP request, it is
+                                    implementation-specific behavior as to how this is represented.
+                                    Generally, proxies should follow the guidance from the RFC:
+                                    https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7230.html#section-3.2.2 regarding
+                                    processing a repeated header, with special handling for "Set-Cookie".
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the header.
+
+                                    Support: Core (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression HeaderMatchType has implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other dialects
+                                    of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's documentation to
+                                    determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP Header to
+                                    be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 4096
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                          method:
+                            description: |-
+                              Method specifies HTTP method matcher.
+                              When specified, this route will be matched only if the request has the
+                              specified method.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            enum:
+                            - GET
+                            - HEAD
+                            - POST
+                            - PUT
+                            - DELETE
+                            - CONNECT
+                            - OPTIONS
+                            - TRACE
+                            - PATCH
+                            type: string
+                          path:
+                            default:
+                              type: PathPrefix
+                              value: /
+                            description: |-
+                              Path specifies a HTTP request path matcher. If this field is not
+                              specified, a default prefix match on the "/" path is provided.
+                            properties:
+                              type:
+                                default: PathPrefix
+                                description: |-
+                                  Type specifies how to match against the path Value.
+
+                                  Support: Core (Exact, PathPrefix)
+
+                                  Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+                                enum:
+                                - Exact
+                                - PathPrefix
+                                - RegularExpression
+                                type: string
+                              value:
+                                default: /
+                                description: Value of the HTTP path to match against.
+                                maxLength: 1024
+                                type: string
+                            type: object
+                            x-kubernetes-validations:
+                            - message: value must be an absolute path and start with
+                                '/' when type one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.startsWith(''/'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '//' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''//'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/./' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/./'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '/../' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''/../'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2f' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2f'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '%2F' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''%2F'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not contain '#' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.contains(''#'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/..' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/..'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: must not end with '/.' when type one of ['Exact',
+                                'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? !self.value.endsWith(''/.'')
+                                : true'
+                            - message: type must be one of ['Exact', 'PathPrefix',
+                                'RegularExpression']
+                              rule: self.type in ['Exact','PathPrefix'] || self.type
+                                == 'RegularExpression'
+                            - message: must only contain valid characters (matching
+                                ^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&'()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$)
+                                for types ['Exact', 'PathPrefix']
+                              rule: '(self.type in [''Exact'',''PathPrefix'']) ? self.value.matches(r"""^(?:[-A-Za-z0-9/._~!$&''()*+,;=:@]|[%][0-9a-fA-F]{2})+$""")
+                                : true'
+                          queryParams:
+                            description: |-
+                              QueryParams specifies HTTP query parameter matchers. Multiple match
+                              values are ANDed together, meaning, a request must match all the
+                              specified query parameters to select the route.
+
+                              Support: Extended
+                            items:
+                              description: |-
+                                HTTPQueryParamMatch describes how to select a HTTP route by matching HTTP
+                                query parameters.
+                              properties:
+                                name:
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Name is the name of the HTTP query param to be matched. This must be an
+                                    exact string match. (See
+                                    https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-2.7.3).
+
+                                    If multiple entries specify equivalent query param names, only the first
+                                    entry with an equivalent name MUST be considered for a match. Subsequent
+                                    entries with an equivalent query param name MUST be ignored.
+
+                                    If a query param is repeated in an HTTP request, the behavior is
+                                    purposely left undefined, since different data planes have different
+                                    capabilities. However, it is *recommended* that implementations should
+                                    match against the first value of the param if the data plane supports it,
+                                    as this behavior is expected in other load balancing contexts outside of
+                                    the Gateway API.
+
+                                    Users SHOULD NOT route traffic based on repeated query params to guard
+                                    themselves against potential differences in the implementations.
+                                  maxLength: 256
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  pattern: ^[A-Za-z0-9!#$%&'*+\-.^_\x60|~]+$
+                                  type: string
+                                type:
+                                  default: Exact
+                                  description: |-
+                                    Type specifies how to match against the value of the query parameter.
+
+                                    Support: Extended (Exact)
+
+                                    Support: Implementation-specific (RegularExpression)
+
+                                    Since RegularExpression QueryParamMatchType has Implementation-specific
+                                    conformance, implementations can support POSIX, PCRE or any other
+                                    dialects of regular expressions. Please read the implementation's
+                                    documentation to determine the supported dialect.
+                                  enum:
+                                  - Exact
+                                  - RegularExpression
+                                  type: string
+                                value:
+                                  description: Value is the value of HTTP query param
+                                    to be matched.
+                                  maxLength: 1024
+                                  minLength: 1
+                                  type: string
+                              required:
+                              - name
+                              - value
+                              type: object
+                            maxItems: 16
+                            type: array
+                            x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                            - name
+                            x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 64
+                      type: array
+                    timeouts:
+                      description: |-
+                        Timeouts defines the timeouts that can be configured for an HTTP request.
+
+                        Support: Extended
+                      properties:
+                        backendRequest:
+                          description: |-
+                            BackendRequest specifies a timeout for an individual request from the gateway
+                            to a backend. This covers the time from when the request first starts being
+                            sent from the gateway to when the full response has been received from the backend.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            An entire client HTTP transaction with a gateway, covered by the Request timeout,
+                            may result in more than one call from the gateway to the destination backend,
+                            for example, if automatic retries are supported.
+
+                            The value of BackendRequest must be a Gateway API Duration string as defined by
+                            GEP-2257.  When this field is unspecified, its behavior is implementation-specific;
+                            when specified, the value of BackendRequest must be no more than the value of the
+                            Request timeout (since the Request timeout encompasses the BackendRequest timeout).
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                        request:
+                          description: |-
+                            Request specifies the maximum duration for a gateway to respond to an HTTP request.
+                            If the gateway has not been able to respond before this deadline is met, the gateway
+                            MUST return a timeout error.
+
+                            For example, setting the `rules.timeouts.request` field to the value `10s` in an
+                            `HTTPRoute` will cause a timeout if a client request is taking longer than 10 seconds
+                            to complete.
+
+                            Setting a timeout to the zero duration (e.g. "0s") SHOULD disable the timeout
+                            completely. Implementations that cannot completely disable the timeout MUST
+                            instead interpret the zero duration as the longest possible value to which
+                            the timeout can be set.
+
+                            This timeout is intended to cover as close to the whole request-response transaction
+                            as possible although an implementation MAY choose to start the timeout after the entire
+                            request stream has been received instead of immediately after the transaction is
+                            initiated by the client.
+
+                            The value of Request is a Gateway API Duration string as defined by GEP-2257. When this
+                            field is unspecified, request timeout behavior is implementation-specific.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          pattern: ^([0-9]{1,5}(h|m|s|ms)){1,4}$
+                          type: string
+                      type: object
+                      x-kubernetes-validations:
+                      - message: backendRequest timeout cannot be longer than request
+                          timeout
+                        rule: '!(has(self.request) && has(self.backendRequest) &&
+                          duration(self.request) != duration(''0s'') && duration(self.backendRequest)
+                          > duration(self.request))'
+                  type: object
+                  x-kubernetes-validations:
+                  - message: RequestRedirect filter must not be used together with
+                      backendRefs
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && size(self.backendRefs) > 0) ?
+                      (!has(self.filters) || self.filters.all(f, !has(f.requestRedirect))):
+                      true'
+                  - message: When using RequestRedirect filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) ||
+                      self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: When using URLRewrite filter with path.replacePrefixMatch,
+                      exactly one PathPrefix match must be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.filters) && self.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, when using RequestRedirect filter
+                      with path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must
+                      be specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.requestRedirect)
+                      && has(f.requestRedirect.path) && f.requestRedirect.path.type
+                      == ''ReplacePrefixMatch'' && has(f.requestRedirect.path.replacePrefixMatch)))
+                      )) ? ((size(self.matches) != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path)
+                      || self.matches[0].path.type != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true)
+                      : true'
+                  - message: Within backendRefs, When using URLRewrite filter with
+                      path.replacePrefixMatch, exactly one PathPrefix match must be
+                      specified
+                    rule: '(has(self.backendRefs) && self.backendRefs.exists_one(b,
+                      (has(b.filters) && b.filters.exists_one(f, has(f.urlRewrite)
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path) && f.urlRewrite.path.type == ''ReplacePrefixMatch''
+                      && has(f.urlRewrite.path.replacePrefixMatch))) )) ? ((size(self.matches)
+                      != 1 || !has(self.matches[0].path) || self.matches[0].path.type
+                      != ''PathPrefix'') ? false : true) : true'
+                maxItems: 16
+                type: array
+                x-kubernetes-validations:
+                - message: While 16 rules and 64 matches per rule are allowed, the
+                    total number of matches across all rules in a route must be less
+                    than 128
+                  rule: '(self.size() > 0 ? self[0].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 1 ? self[1].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 2 ? self[2].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 3 ? self[3].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 4 ? self[4].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 5 ? self[5].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 6 ? self[6].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 7 ? self[7].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 8 ? self[8].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 9 ? self[9].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 10 ? self[10].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 11 ? self[11].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 12 ? self[12].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size()
+                    > 13 ? self[13].matches.size() : 0) + (self.size() > 14 ? self[14].matches.size()
+                    : 0) + (self.size() > 15 ? self[15].matches.size() : 0) <= 128'
+            type: object
+          status:
+            description: Status defines the current state of HTTPRoute.
+            properties:
+              parents:
+                description: |-
+                  Parents is a list of parent resources (usually Gateways) that are
+                  associated with the route, and the status of the route with respect to
+                  each parent. When this route attaches to a parent, the controller that
+                  manages the parent must add an entry to this list when the controller
+                  first sees the route and should update the entry as appropriate when the
+                  route or gateway is modified.
+
+                  Note that parent references that cannot be resolved by an implementation
+                  of this API will not be added to this list. Implementations of this API
+                  can only populate Route status for the Gateways/parent resources they are
+                  responsible for.
+
+                  A maximum of 32 Gateways will be represented in this list. An empty list
+                  means the route has not been attached to any Gateway.
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    RouteParentStatus describes the status of a route with respect to an
+                    associated Parent.
+                  properties:
+                    conditions:
+                      description: |-
+                        Conditions describes the status of the route with respect to the Gateway.
+                        Note that the route's availability is also subject to the Gateway's own
+                        status conditions and listener status.
+
+                        If the Route's ParentRef specifies an existing Gateway that supports
+                        Routes of this kind AND that Gateway's controller has sufficient access,
+                        then that Gateway's controller MUST set the "Accepted" condition on the
+                        Route, to indicate whether the route has been accepted or rejected by the
+                        Gateway, and why.
+
+                        A Route MUST be considered "Accepted" if at least one of the Route's
+                        rules is implemented by the Gateway.
+
+                        There are a number of cases where the "Accepted" condition may not be set
+                        due to lack of controller visibility, that includes when:
+
+                        * The Route refers to a nonexistent parent.
+                        * The Route is of a type that the controller does not support.
+                        * The Route is in a namespace the controller does not have access to.
+                      items:
+                        description: Condition contains details for one aspect of
+                          the current state of this API Resource.
+                        properties:
+                          lastTransitionTime:
+                            description: |-
+                              lastTransitionTime is the last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
+                              This should be when the underlying condition changed.  If that is not known, then using the time when the API field changed is acceptable.
+                            format: date-time
+                            type: string
+                          message:
+                            description: |-
+                              message is a human readable message indicating details about the transition.
+                              This may be an empty string.
+                            maxLength: 32768
+                            type: string
+                          observedGeneration:
+                            description: |-
+                              observedGeneration represents the .metadata.generation that the condition was set based upon.
+                              For instance, if .metadata.generation is currently 12, but the .status.conditions[x].observedGeneration is 9, the condition is out of date
+                              with respect to the current state of the instance.
+                            format: int64
+                            minimum: 0
+                            type: integer
+                          reason:
+                            description: |-
+                              reason contains a programmatic identifier indicating the reason for the condition's last transition.
+                              Producers of specific condition types may define expected values and meanings for this field,
+                              and whether the values are considered a guaranteed API.
+                              The value should be a CamelCase string.
+                              This field may not be empty.
+                            maxLength: 1024
+                            minLength: 1
+                            pattern: ^[A-Za-z]([A-Za-z0-9_,:]*[A-Za-z0-9_])?$
+                            type: string
+                          status:
+                            description: status of the condition, one of True, False,
+                              Unknown.
+                            enum:
+                            - "True"
+                            - "False"
+                            - Unknown
+                            type: string
+                          type:
+                            description: type of condition in CamelCase or in foo.example.com/CamelCase.
+                            maxLength: 316
+                            pattern: ^([a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*/)?(([A-Za-z0-9][-A-Za-z0-9_.]*)?[A-Za-z0-9])$
+                            type: string
+                        required:
+                        - lastTransitionTime
+                        - message
+                        - reason
+                        - status
+                        - type
+                        type: object
+                      maxItems: 8
+                      minItems: 1
+                      type: array
+                      x-kubernetes-list-map-keys:
+                      - type
+                      x-kubernetes-list-type: map
+                    controllerName:
+                      description: |-
+                        ControllerName is a domain/path string that indicates the name of the
+                        controller that wrote this status. This corresponds with the
+                        controllerName field on GatewayClass.
+
+                        Example: "example.net/gateway-controller".
+
+                        The format of this field is DOMAIN "/" PATH, where DOMAIN and PATH are
+                        valid Kubernetes names
+                        (https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/names/#names).
+
+                        Controllers MUST populate this field when writing status. Controllers should ensure that
+                        entries to status populated with their ControllerName are cleaned up when they are no
+                        longer necessary.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*\/[A-Za-z0-9\/\-._~%!$&'()*+,;=:]+$
+                      type: string
+                    parentRef:
+                      description: |-
+                        ParentRef corresponds with a ParentRef in the spec that this
+                        RouteParentStatus struct describes the status of.
+                      properties:
+                        group:
+                          default: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+                          description: |-
+                            Group is the group of the referent.
+                            When unspecified, "gateway.networking.k8s.io" is inferred.
+                            To set the core API group (such as for a "Service" kind referent),
+                            Group must be explicitly set to "" (empty string).
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                        kind:
+                          default: Gateway
+                          description: |-
+                            Kind is kind of the referent.
+
+                            There are two kinds of parent resources with "Core" support:
+
+                            * Gateway (Gateway conformance profile)
+                            * Service (Mesh conformance profile, ClusterIP Services only)
+
+                            Support for other resources is Implementation-Specific.
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        name:
+                          description: |-
+                            Name is the name of the referent.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          type: string
+                        namespace:
+                          description: |-
+                            Namespace is the namespace of the referent. When unspecified, this refers
+                            to the local namespace of the Route.
+
+                            Note that there are specific rules for ParentRefs which cross namespace
+                            boundaries. Cross-namespace references are only valid if they are explicitly
+                            allowed by something in the namespace they are referring to. For example:
+                            Gateway has the AllowedRoutes field, and ReferenceGrant provides a
+                            generic way to enable any other kind of cross-namespace reference.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 63
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                          type: string
+                        port:
+                          description: |-
+                            Port is the network port this Route targets. It can be interpreted
+                            differently based on the type of parent resource.
+
+                            When the parent resource is a Gateway, this targets all listeners
+                            listening on the specified port that also support this kind of Route(and
+                            select this Route). It's not recommended to set `Port` unless the
+                            networking behaviors specified in a Route must apply to a specific port
+                            as opposed to a listener(s) whose port(s) may be changed. When both Port
+                            and SectionName are specified, the name and port of the selected listener
+                            must match both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support other parent resources.
+                            Implementations supporting other types of parent resources MUST clearly
+                            document how/if Port is interpreted.
+
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful as
+                            long as the parent resource accepts it partially. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment
+                            from the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route,
+                            the Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Extended
+                          format: int32
+                          maximum: 65535
+                          minimum: 1
+                          type: integer
+                        sectionName:
+                          description: |-
+                            SectionName is the name of a section within the target resource. In the
+                            following resources, SectionName is interpreted as the following:
+
+                            * Gateway: Listener name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+                            * Service: Port name. When both Port (experimental) and SectionName
+                            are specified, the name and port of the selected listener must match
+                            both specified values.
+
+                            Implementations MAY choose to support attaching Routes to other resources.
+                            If that is the case, they MUST clearly document how SectionName is
+                            interpreted.
+
+                            When unspecified (empty string), this will reference the entire resource.
+                            For the purpose of status, an attachment is considered successful if at
+                            least one section in the parent resource accepts it. For example, Gateway
+                            listeners can restrict which Routes can attach to them by Route kind,
+                            namespace, or hostname. If 1 of 2 Gateway listeners accept attachment from
+                            the referencing Route, the Route MUST be considered successfully
+                            attached. If no Gateway listeners accept attachment from this Route, the
+                            Route MUST be considered detached from the Gateway.
+
+                            Support: Core
+                          maxLength: 253
+                          minLength: 1
+                          pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                          type: string
+                      required:
+                      - name
+                      type: object
+                  required:
+                  - controllerName
+                  - parentRef
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 32
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - parents
+            type: object
+        required:
+        - spec
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: false
+    subresources:
+      status: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+#
+# config/crd/standard/gateway.networking.k8s.io_referencegrants.yaml
+#
+apiVersion: apiextensions.k8s.io/v1
+kind: CustomResourceDefinition
+metadata:
+  annotations:
+    api-approved.kubernetes.io: https://github.com/kubernetes-sigs/gateway-api/pull/3328
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/bundle-version: v1.3.0
+    gateway.networking.k8s.io/channel: standard
+  creationTimestamp: null
+  name: referencegrants.gateway.networking.k8s.io
+spec:
+  group: gateway.networking.k8s.io
+  names:
+    categories:
+    - gateway-api
+    kind: ReferenceGrant
+    listKind: ReferenceGrantList
+    plural: referencegrants
+    shortNames:
+    - refgrant
+    singular: referencegrant
+  scope: Namespaced
+  versions:
+  - additionalPrinterColumns:
+    - jsonPath: .metadata.creationTimestamp
+      name: Age
+      type: date
+    name: v1beta1
+    schema:
+      openAPIV3Schema:
+        description: |-
+          ReferenceGrant identifies kinds of resources in other namespaces that are
+          trusted to reference the specified kinds of resources in the same namespace
+          as the policy.
+
+          Each ReferenceGrant can be used to represent a unique trust relationship.
+          Additional Reference Grants can be used to add to the set of trusted
+          sources of inbound references for the namespace they are defined within.
+
+          All cross-namespace references in Gateway API (with the exception of cross-namespace
+          Gateway-route attachment) require a ReferenceGrant.
+
+          ReferenceGrant is a form of runtime verification allowing users to assert
+          which cross-namespace object references are permitted. Implementations that
+          support ReferenceGrant MUST NOT permit cross-namespace references which have
+          no grant, and MUST respond to the removal of a grant by revoking the access
+          that the grant allowed.
+        properties:
+          apiVersion:
+            description: |-
+              APIVersion defines the versioned schema of this representation of an object.
+              Servers should convert recognized schemas to the latest internal value, and
+              may reject unrecognized values.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#resources
+            type: string
+          kind:
+            description: |-
+              Kind is a string value representing the REST resource this object represents.
+              Servers may infer this from the endpoint the client submits requests to.
+              Cannot be updated.
+              In CamelCase.
+              More info: https://git.k8s.io/community/contributors/devel/sig-architecture/api-conventions.md#types-kinds
+            type: string
+          metadata:
+            type: object
+          spec:
+            description: Spec defines the desired state of ReferenceGrant.
+            properties:
+              from:
+                description: |-
+                  From describes the trusted namespaces and kinds that can reference the
+                  resources described in "To". Each entry in this list MUST be considered
+                  to be an additional place that references can be valid from, or to put
+                  this another way, entries MUST be combined using OR.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: ReferenceGrantFrom describes trusted namespaces and
+                    kinds.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
+                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
+                        support level for this field.
+
+                        When used to permit a SecretObjectReference:
+
+                        * Gateway
+
+                        When used to permit a BackendObjectReference:
+
+                        * GRPCRoute
+                        * HTTPRoute
+                        * TCPRoute
+                        * TLSRoute
+                        * UDPRoute
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    namespace:
+                      description: |-
+                        Namespace is the namespace of the referent.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  - namespace
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+              to:
+                description: |-
+                  To describes the resources that may be referenced by the resources
+                  described in "From". Each entry in this list MUST be considered to be an
+                  additional place that references can be valid to, or to put this another
+                  way, entries MUST be combined using OR.
+
+                  Support: Core
+                items:
+                  description: |-
+                    ReferenceGrantTo describes what Kinds are allowed as targets of the
+                    references.
+                  properties:
+                    group:
+                      description: |-
+                        Group is the group of the referent.
+                        When empty, the Kubernetes core API group is inferred.
+
+                        Support: Core
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      pattern: ^$|^[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?(\.[a-z0-9]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)*$
+                      type: string
+                    kind:
+                      description: |-
+                        Kind is the kind of the referent. Although implementations may support
+                        additional resources, the following types are part of the "Core"
+                        support level for this field:
+
+                        * Secret when used to permit a SecretObjectReference
+                        * Service when used to permit a BackendObjectReference
+                      maxLength: 63
+                      minLength: 1
+                      pattern: ^[a-zA-Z]([-a-zA-Z0-9]*[a-zA-Z0-9])?$
+                      type: string
+                    name:
+                      description: |-
+                        Name is the name of the referent. When unspecified, this policy
+                        refers to all resources of the specified Group and Kind in the local
+                        namespace.
+                      maxLength: 253
+                      minLength: 1
+                      type: string
+                  required:
+                  - group
+                  - kind
+                  type: object
+                maxItems: 16
+                minItems: 1
+                type: array
+            required:
+            - from
+            - to
+            type: object
+        type: object
+    served: true
+    storage: true
+    subresources: {}
+status:
+  acceptedNames:
+    kind: ""
+    plural: ""
+  conditions: null
+  storedVersions: null
+---
+# Source: gateway-crds-helm/templates/standard-gatewayapi-crds.yaml
+# Copyright 2025 The Kubernetes Authors.
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+
+#
+# Gateway API Standard channel install
+#